HomeMy WebLinkAbout18 076 Russell Street Sanitary Sewer Extension (Omega Contractors Inc.) Tender Acceptance By-law THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
C�Pq(I tt DF K\NGP�D
BY-LAW
NO. 2018 - 076
BEING A BY-LAW TO ACCEPT A TENDER THE RUSSELL STREET
SANITARY SEWER EXTENSION
(Omega Contractors Inc.)
WHEREAS pursuant to the said Municipal Act, Section 8 (1) and 9 provide that
the powers of a municipality under this or any other Act shall be interpreted
broadly so as to confer broad authority on the municipality to enable the
• municipality to govern its affairs as it considers appropriate and to enhance the
municipality's ability to respond to municipal issues and has the capacity, rights,
powers and privileges of a natural person for the purpose of exercising its
authority under this or any other Act;
AND WHEREAS it has been determined that there is a need for the Russell
Street Sanitary Sewer Extension including new sections of sewermain, watermain
and storm sewer, as well as associated road reconstruction on Russell Street
from Scott Street to the business park on the east side of Highway 21 per Report
PWD 2018-15;
NOW THEREFORE the Council of The Corporation of the Municipality of
Kincardine ENACTS as follows:
1. That the tender of Omega Contractors Inc. for Russell Street Sanitary
Sewer Extension, in the amount of $976,265.80 (including the non-
refundable portion of HST), be hereby accepted as per the tender
agreement attached hereto as Schedule "A".
• 2. That the Mayor and Chief Administrative Officer be authorized and directed
to execute, on behalf of The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine,
any contracts and other documents required to authorize such work to
commence.
3. This by-law shall come into full force and effect upon its final passage.
4. This by-law may be cited as the "Russell Street Sanitary Sewer Extension
(Omega Contractors Inc.) Tender Acceptance By-law".
READ a FIRST and SECOND TIME this 6th day of June, 2018.
READ a THIRD TIME and FINALLY PASSED this 6th day of June, 2018.
Mayor Clerk
•
F
N,,- ,
i .
..,,..1bh engineering better communities
9 9
B.M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Engineers and Planners
62 North Street, Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 File No. 17071
p. (519)524-2641 •f. (519)524-4403
www.bmross.net
July 27, 2018i__...
ch
9 '
Adam Weishar, C.E.T.,Director of Public Works ./(// CF7ked
Municipality of Kincardine 4,,, `� 0 v
1475 Concession 5, RR5 —\V� /) , t>pcw <049 ,A J
Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6 \f / 0,e .':�;
RE: Municipality of Kincardine
Russell Street Sanitary Sewer Extension
Enclosed are three copies of the above noted contract signed by Omega Contractors Inc.
along with the Performance Bond, Labour and Material Payment Bond, Certificate of Insurance
and WSIB Certificate.
Please have all three copies signed on Page A-4 and forward one copy to Omega, one
back to us, and keep one copy for your files. You should also return any tender deposit cheques
that were retained by the Municipality.
Thank you.
Yours very truly
B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMIT ED
Per
Dale Erb, P. Eng.
DE:es
Encl.
Z:\17071-Kincardine-Russell_St_San_Sewer\WP\17071-18Ju127-TenderSigning-Municipality Let.docx
GODERICH MOUNT FOREST SARNIA
PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No. 33042-18 Project No.
Amount$1,084,100.19 Contract No. 17071
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Omega Contractors Inc. hereinafter called "the
Principal" and AVIVA INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA hereinafter called "the Surety", are jointly
and severally held and firmly bound unto The Municipality of Kincardine herein after called "the
Obligee" its successors and assigns, in the sum of One Million Eighty Four Thousand One Hundred
Dollars And Nineteen Cents ($1,084,100.19) of lawful money of Canada,to be paid unto the Obligee,
for which payment well and truly made we the Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind ourselves,
our and each of our respective heirs, executors,administrators,successors and assigns by these presents.
SIGNED AND SEALED with our respective seals dates this 22nd day of June, 2018.
WHEREAS by an agreement in writing dated the 6th day of June 2018, the Principal has entered into a
contract with the Obligee, hereinafter called "the Contract", for the construction, alteration, repair or
maintenance of a public work, namely as in the Contract provided, which Contract is by
reference herein made part hereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein.
NOW THEREFORS THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Principal shall at all times duly
perform and observe the Contract including all the terms and conditions thereof,to the satisfaction of the
Obligee and shall at all times fully indemnify and keep indemnified the Obligee from and against all and
any manner of loss, damage, expense, suits, actions, claims, liens, proceedings, demands, awards,
payments and liabilities arising out of or in any manner based upon or attributable to the Contract and
shall fully reimburse and pay the Obligee for all outlay, expense, liabilities, or payments incurred or
undertake to be made by the Obligee pursuant to the Contract, then this obligation shall be void, but
otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and provided further and it is hereby declared that there shall
be no liability under this instrument of the Principal and Surety for payment of any claims for labour
material or services used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract to the extent
the amount of such claims is paid pursuant to a Labour and Materials Payment Bond.
Provided always and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Obligee and the Principal have the right to
change, alter and vary the terms of the Contract and that the Obligee may in its discretion at any time or
times take and received from the Principal any security whatsoever and grant any extension of time
thereon or any liability of the Principal to the Obligee.
Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Principal and the Surety shall not be
discharged or released from liability hereunder and that such liability shall not in any way affected by any
such changes, alterations, or variations,taking or receiving of security, or extension of time, as aforesaid,
or by the exercise by the Obligee of any of the rights or powers, including (but without restricting the
generality of the foregoing) any changes in the extent or nature of the works to be constructed, altered,
repaired or maintained under the contract, or by any dealing, transaction, forbearance or forgiveness
which may take place between the Principal and the Obligee.
Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum
than that specified in this bond.
In Witness Whereof the Principal and the Surety have executed these presents.
SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PRINCIPAL )
)per: Omega Contractors Inc. 2
In the presence of: )
) per: CiutTa`� y c�
Principal
Witness )
) AVIVA INSURANCE COY OF CANADA
Occupation \ t� � ) ^
Address \QA c4eck kc\ve ,l s L,„1�Y•�4 Emily Sim.., Attorney-in-Fact
Surety
LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
Bond No. 33042-18 Project No.
Amount $1,084,100.19 Contract No. 17071
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we Omega Contractors Inc. hereinafter called "the
Principal" and AVIVA INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA hereinafter called "the Surety", are
jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto The Municipality of Kincardine as Trustee,
hereinafter called the "Obligee",for the use and benefit of the Claimants,there and each of their
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, in the amount of One Million Eighty Four
Thousand One Hundred Dollars And Nineteen Cents ($1,084,100.19) of lawful money of Canada,
for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made we the Principal and Surety jointly and
severally bind ourselves, our and each of our respective heirs, executors, administrators,
successors and assigns by these presents.
WHEREAS by an agreement in writing dated the 6th day of June 2018, the Principal entered into
a contract with the Obligee, hereinafter called "the Contract", for
Municipality of Kincardine - Russell Street Sanitary Sewer Extension
which Contract is by reference herein made a part of hereof as fully to all intents and purposes
as though recited in full herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if the Principal shall make
payment to all Claimants for all labour and material used or reasonably required for use in the
performance of the Contract,then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain
in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions:
Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 2
1. A Claimant for the purpose of this Bond is defined as one having a direct contract with
the Principal for labour, material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the
performance of the Contract, labour and material being construed to include that part of
water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment,
directly applicable to the Contract under a contract which provides that all or any part of
the rent is to be applied towards the purchase price thereof shall only be a Claimant to
the extent of the prevailing industrial rental value of such equipment for the period during
which the equipment was used in the performance of the Contact.
2. The Principal and the Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee, as
Trustee, that every Claimant who has not been paid as provided for under the terms of
his contract with the Principal, before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after
the date on which the last of such Claimant's work or labour was done or performed of
materials were furnished by such Claimant, may as a beneficiary of the trust herein
provided for, sue on this Bond, prosecute the suit to final judgement for such sum or sums
as may be justly due to such Claimant under the terms of his contract with the Principal
and have execution thereon. Provided that the Obligee is not obliged to do or take any
act, action or proceeding against the Surety on behalf of the Claimants, or any of them,
to enforce the provisions of this Bond. If any act, action or proceeding is taken either in
the name of the Obligee or by joining the Obligee as a party to such proceeding,then such
act, action or proceeding, shall be taken on the understanding and basis that the
Claimants, or any of them, who take such act, action or proceeding shall indemnify and
save harmless the Obligee against all costs, charges and expenses or liabilities incurred
thereon and any loss or damage resulting to the Obligee by reason thereof. Provided still
further that, subject to the foregoing terms and conditions,the Claimants or any of them,
may use the name of the Obligee to sue on and enforce the provisions of this Bond.
3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any Claimant:
a) Unless such Claimant shall have given written notice within the time limits hereinafter set
forth to each of the Principal,the Surety and the Obligee,stating with substantial accuracy
the amount claimed. Such notice shall be served by mailing the same registered mail, or
served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the Province of Ontario, to
the Principal, the Surety, and the Obligee, at any place where an office is regularly
maintained for the transaction of business by such persons. Such notice shall be given:
Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 3
1) In respect of any claim for the amount or any portion thereof required to be held
back from the Claimant by the Principal under wither the terms of the Claimant's
contract with the Principal or under the Construction Lien Act, Chapter 6, S.O.
1983 applicable to the Claimant's contract with the Principal, whichever is the
grater within one hundred and twenty (120) days after such Claimant should have
been paid in full under the Claimants contract with the Principal.
2) In respect of any claim other than for the holdback, or portion thereof, referred
to above, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date upon which
such Claimant did, or performed, the last of the work or labour or furnished the
last of the materials for which such claim is made, under the Claimant's contract
with the Principal.
b) After the expiration of one (1)year following the date on which the Principal ceased work
on the Contract, including work performed under the guarantees provided in the
Contract.
c) Other than in a Court jurisdiction in the Province of Ontario, and the parties hereto agree
to submit to the jurisdiction of such Court
4. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by, and to the extent of any payment or
payments made in good faith, and in accordance with the provisions hereof, inclusive of
the payment by the Surety of claims under the Construction Lien Act,whether or not such'
claims be presented under and against this Bond.
PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Obligee and the Principal have
the right to change, alter and vary the terms of the Contract, and that the Obligee may in its
discretion at any time or times take and received from the Principal any security whatsoever and
grant any extension of time thereon or any liability of the Principal to the Obligee.
PROVIDED FURTHER and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Principal and the Surety shall
not be discharged or released from liability hereunder and that such liability shall not be in any
way affected by any such changes, alterations, or variations, taking or receiving of security, or
extension of time, as aforesaid, or by its forbearance to exercise any such rights or powers,
including (but without restriction the generality of the forgoing) any changes in the extent or
nature of the works to be constructed, altered, repaired or maintained under the contract, or by
any dealing,transaction,forbearance or forgiveness which may take place between the Principal
and the Obligee.
Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 4
PROVIDED FURTHER and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Surety shall not be liable for a
greater sum than that specified in this Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Principal and the Surety have AFFIXED THEIR SIGNATURES AND
CORPORATES SEALS this 22nd day of June, 2018.
SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PRINCIPAL )
Omega Contractors Inc.
In the presence of: )
Principal
Witness
AVIVA INSURANCE COMANY OF CANADA
Occupation\resc� .� )
Address\\.33 e . 43..0e . _ v Emily Sima , Attorney-in-Fact
Surety
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
This certificate is issued as a matter of information only and confers no rights upon the certificate holder and imposes no liability on the insurer.
This certificate does not amend,extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies below.
1. CERTIFICATE HOLDER- NAME AND MAILING ADDRESS 2. INSURED'S FULL NAME AND MAILING ADDRESS
The Municipality of Kincardine Omega Contractors Inc.
1475 Concession 5, 4104 Breck Avenue
R.R.#5
Kincardine ON I MAL N2Z 2X6 London ON POSTAL N6L 1 B5
CODE
3. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/AUTOMOBILES/SPECIAL ITEMS TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE APPLIES(but only with respect to the operations of the Named Insured)
Operations of the Named Insured:General Contractor
See Attached...
4. COVERAGES
This is to certify that the policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the insured named above for the policy period indicated notwithstanding any requirements,terms
or conditions of any contract or other document with respect to which this certificate may be issued or may pertain. The insurance afforded by the policies described herein is
subject to all terms,exclusions and conditions of such policies.
LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS
EFFECTIVE EXPIRY LIMITS OF LIABILITY
INSURANCE COMPANY (Canadian dollars unless indicated otherwise)
TYPE OF INSURANCE AND POLICY NUMBER DATE DATE AMOUNT OF
YYYY/MM/DD YYYY/MM/DC COVERAGE DED. INSURANCE
CNA Canada 2017/08/30 2018/08/30 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 10,000,000
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY MPR2864529 BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE
LIABILITY -GENERAL AGGREGATE
❑CLAIMS MADE QB Q OCCURRENCE -EACH OCCURRENCE 2,500 2,000,000
❑X PRODUCTS AND/OR COMPLETED OPERATIONS
PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED
o EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY OPERATIONS AGGREGATE2,000,000
O CROSS LIABILITY ❑PERSONAL INJURY LIABILITY 2,000,000
OR
PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY
❑ LIABILITY
MEDICAL PAYMENTS 10,000
❑X TENANTS LEGAL LIABILITY TENANTS LEGAL LIABILITY 500,000
❑POLLUTION LIABILITY EXTENSION POLLUTION LIABILITY EXTENSION
❑NON-OWNED AUTOMOBILES NON OWNED AUTOMOBILE
❑HIRED AUTOMOBILES
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY
❑ DESCRIBED AUTOMOBILES DAMAGE COMBINED
❑ ALL OWNED AUTOMOBILES BODILY INJURY (PER PERSON)
❑ LEASED AUTOMOBILES** BODILY INJURY (PER ACCIDENT)
ALL AUTOMOBILES LEASED IN EXCESS OF
30 DAYS WHERE THE INSURED IS REQUIRED PROPERTY DAMAGE
TO PROVIDE INSURANCE
EXCESS LIABILITY CNA Canada 2017/08/30 2018/08/30 EACH OCCURRENCE 8,000,000
MPR2864529
O UMBRELLA FORM AGGREGATE 8,000,000
0
OTHER LIABILITY (SPECIFY) Continental Casualty Company 2017/08/30 2018/08/30 Installation Floater 50,000
MPR2864529
0 Property
0
5. CANCELLATION
Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof,the issuing company will endeavor to mail 30 days written notice to the certificate
holder named above,but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company,its agents or representatives.
6. BROKERAGE/AGENCY FULL NAME AND MAILING ADDRESS 7. ADDITIONAL INSURED NAME AND MAILING ADDRESS
(but only with respect to the operations of the Named Insured)
Arthur J Gallagher Canada Limited The Municipality of Kincardine
55 Standish Court,Suite 430 1475 Concession 5,
R.R.#5
Mississauga ON CODEAL L5R 4B2
BROKER CLIENT ID: Kincardine ON POSTAL N2Z 2X6
CODE
8. CERTIFICATE AUTHORIZATION
ISSUER Arthur J Gallagher Canada Limited CONTACT NUMBER(S)
TYPE Phone NO.289-454-3045 TYPE NO.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Emily Simas TYPE Fax NO. TYPE NO.
SIGNATURE OF mcaz DATE 2018/06/22 EMAIL ADDRESS emily_simas@ajg.com
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
CSIO C0910ECL-CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE-2010/09 2010,Centre for Study of Insurance Operations.All rights reserved.
DESCRIPTIONS Continued.
Contract No. 17071
Russell Street Sanitary Sewer Extension
Location: Russel Street, Kincardine
ADDITIONAL INSURED:
Municipality of Kincardine
B.M. Ross and Associates Limited
Ministry of Transportation
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
This certificate is issued as a matter of information only and confers no rights upon the certificate holder and imposes no liability on the insurer.
This certificate does not amend,extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies below.
1. CERTIFICATE HOLDER- NAME AND MAILING ADDRESS 2. INSURED'S FULL NAME AND MAILING ADDRESS
The Municipality of Kincardine Omega Contractors Inc.
1475 Concession 5, 4104 Breck Avenue
R.R.#5
Kincardine ON I CODEAL N2Z 2X6 London ON I CODEAL N6L 1B5
3. DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/AUTOMOBILES/SPECIAL ITEMS TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE APPLIES(but only with respect to the operations of the Named Insured)
Operations of the Named Insured:General Contractor
4. COVERAGES
This is to certify that the policies of insurance listed below have been issued to the insured named above for the policy period indicated notwithstanding any requirements,terms
or conditions of any contract or other document with respect to which this certificate may be issued or may pertain. The insurance afforded by the policies described herein is
subject to all terms,exclusions and conditions of such policies.
LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS
EFFECTIVE EXPIRY LIMITS OF LIABILITY
INSURANCE COMPANY (Canadian dollars unless indicated otherwise)
TYPE OF INSURANCE AND POLICY NUMBER DATE DATE AMOUNT OF
YYYY/MM/DD YYYY/MM/DC COVERAGE DED. INSURANCE
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE
LIABILITY -GENERAL AGGREGATE
❑CLAIMS MADE OR 0 OCCURRENCE
-EACH OCCURRENCE
❑PRODUCTS AND/OR COMPLETED OPERATIONS
PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED
ElEMPLOYER'S LIABILITY OPERATIONS AGGREGATE
❑CROSS LIABILITY 0 PERSONAL INJURY LIABILITY
OR
PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY
/-1 LIABILITY
MEDICAL PAYMENTS
❑TENANTS LEGAL LIABILITY TENANTS LEGAL LIABILITY
❑POLLUTION LIABILITY EXTENSION POLLUTION LIABILITY EXTENSION
❑X NON-OWNED AUTOMOBILES CNA Canada 2017/08/30 2018/08/30 NON OWNED AUTOMOBILE 2,000,000
o HIRED AUTOMOBILES MPR2864529
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Continental Casualty Company 2017/08/30 2018/08/30 BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY 2,000,000
ID DESCRIBED AUTOMOBILES CAE2864532 DAMAGE COMBINED
❑ ALL OWNED AUTOMOBILES BODILY INJURY (PER PERSON)
❑ LEASED AUTOMOBILES** BODILY INJURY (PER ACCIDENT)
ALL AUTOMOBILES LEASED IN EXCESS OF
30 DAYS WHERE THE INSURED IS REQUIRED PROPERTY DAMAGE
TO PROVIDE INSURANCE
EXCESS LIABILITY CNA Canada 2017/08/30 2018/08/30 EACH OCCURRENCE 8,000,000
MPR2864529
❑ UMBRELLA FORM AGGREGATE 8,000,000
0
OTHER LIABILITY (SPECIFY)
0
5. CANCELLATION
Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof,the issuing company will endeavor to mail_ NIL days written notice to the certificate
holder named above,but failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company,its agents or representatives.
6. BROKERAGE/AGENCY FULL NAME AND MAILING ADDRESS 7. ADDITIONAL INSURED NAME AND MAILING ADDRESS
(but only with respect to the operations of the Named Insured)
Arthur J Gallagher Canada Limited
55 Standish Court,Suite 430
Mississauga ON CODEAL L5R 4B2
BROKER CLIENT ID:
POST
8. CERTIFICATE AUTHORIZATION
ISSUER Arthur J Gallagher Canada Limited CONTACT NUMBER(S)
TYPE Phone NO.289.454-3045 TYPE NO.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Pooja Gandhi TYPE Fax NO. TYPE NO.
SIGNATURE OFDATE 2018/06/22 EMAIL ADDRESS
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
CSIO C0910ECL-CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE-2010109 2010,Centre for Study of Insurance Operations.All rights reserved.
eclearance Page 1 of 1
wsib
at
0NTAR10
eclearance
Clearance Certificate
Search results
Contractor Contractor Contractor Clearance Validity Principal Principal
Legal / Trade Address Classification certificate period Legal / Address
Name Unit and number (dd- Trade
Description mmm- Name
YYYY)
OMEGA 4104 4122-000: E200000EIRCW 23-May- Municipality 1475
CONTRACTORS BRECK Waterworks 2018 to of Concession
INC. AVE, and Sewage 19-Nov- Kincardine 5, R. R. #
LONDON, Systems 2018 5,
ON, 4121-001: Kincardine,
N6L1B5, CA Highways, ON, N2Z
Streets, and 2X6, CAN
Small Bridges
1000-007: Non-
Exempt
Partners and
Executive
Officers in Rate
Group 732
s `
https://eservices.wsib.on.ca/portal/server.pt/community/eservices/eclearance/ 14/06/2018
I
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
I RUSSELL STREET SANITARY SEWER EXTENSION
CONTRACT NO. 17071
I ADDENDUM NO. 2
IPlan takers should note the following:
(1) Clarification/Correction:
I Backfill for the sanitary sewer related items (Item No. 8) shall be as follows:
S1 to S4: Approved granular material.
I - S4 to S10 and stub: Approved native material
I
Payment for the backfill shall be included in the unit price bid for the appropriate sewer
I
related item.
(2) Clarification: Hot mix asphalt(Part 1) shall include any work related to fme grading of
the granular including any imported Granular 'A' material required to restore the road.
Payment for the fme grading and the imported Granular 'A' shall be included in the
I
appropriate item. Should water be necessary to achieve the degree of compaction
specified for the granular road base,the contractor shall supply and place (as required) at
their-own expense.
I (3) Addition: Item 2a has been added to Part 1 of the Schedule of Items and Prices related to
I dust suppressant. The tenderer is to replace Page T-2 with the attached Page T-2R and
include with tender submission. The following specification applies:
For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials
Ifor the application of calcium chloride solids when requested by the Contract
Administrator, or upon approval of the Contract Administrator. Dust suppressants shall
I be applied in a manner that avoids ponding, runoff, drifting, and tracking of the material
beyond the area of application. The proper use and application of the dust suppressants
is the responsibility of the Contractor and is subject to applicable Ministry of
I Environment and Climate Change requirements under legislation such as the
Environmental Protection Act(EPA)and the Ontario Water Resources Act. Calcium
chloride solid solution shall be in accordance with OPSS 2501. Should the Contractor
choose to use a calcium chloride solution, the Contractor shall submit the mix design
Iindicating the percentage of solid calcium chloride. Dust suppressants containing waste
material are not approved for use. Measurement for calcium chloride solid shall be mass
I in tonnes. Measurement for calcium chloride solution shall be by mass of equivalent
solid based on the submitted mix design.
I (4) Item Nos. 13 &17 —Page 15 Special Provisions - Supply and Installation of Steel Casing
Pipe. Tenderers are to note that OPSS 416 is superseded by the attached MTO Standard
entitled"MTO Standard—Pipe Installation by Trenchless Methods". Any/all reference
Ito OPSS 416 or OPSS 416.04 shall refer to the attached MTO Standard.
I The Contractor(project subcontractor)completing the crossing installation must
demonstrate their experience on previous projects with similar complexity and
2 1
scope. Following the tender closing time and day,a minimum of 3 references for 3
I
separate projects of similar scope and complexity must be provided within 24 hours.
The owner reserves the right to reject the subcontractor should satisfactory
references not be provided for the crossing installation work.
I
The selected Contractor shall submit and implement a detailed instrumentation and
monitoring program that meets the requirements detailed in the MTO Standard including I
the following:
SETTLEMENT MONITORING GUIDELINES-TUNNELING
I
The purpose of settlement monitoring is to prevent damage to existing utilities and highway structures
along the tunnel alignment. Ground settlement include settlement due to lost ground and
I
dewatering/drainage. Daily visual monitoring of the road surface and shoulders shall be carried out for
any evidence of movements(e.g. cracks, bulges, heaves,depressions, ponding, etc.). The contractor will
be required to provide all traffic control as required during any monitoring related work within the MTO
road allowance.
I
Instrumentation Arrays
All measurement points shall be installed and surveyed before the start of excavation to establish
I
benchmarks/baseline.
Surface Monitoring Points I Surface monitoring points will be installed to cover the whole length of the tunnel with in the right of way
under the jurisdiction of MTO(Figure 1). Surface monitoring points will be located at not greater than 2m
intervals on the roadway(along the tunnel alignment)and 5m intervals elsewhere for each tunnel. The
I
surface monitoring will be identified using approved marking methods on the pavement. Surface
monitoring points installed on the unpaved right of way shall be founded below frost penetration depths.
The interval and/or marking of the points should be changed with MTO's approval where traffic
disruptions might occur. The final instrumentation plan should be finalized when Contractor's proposed
I
construction method is available.
/ N 14--sail, —4
/ I
Embankment(if applicable)
Anchored below I
Ifrost penetration
Right of Way Figure not to scaleI
Figure 1: Typical configuration of surface settlement monitoring points along the tunnel alignment.
Survey settlement markers shall be PK nails(or similar) in the asphalt and settlement monitors outside the
asphalt areas shall be 12-18mm rebar encased in a 50-70mm, PVC pipe, set to a depth of 1.5m below
ground surface. The assembly is to be placed in a drilled hole and backfilled with uniform sand.
Condition Survey t
A condition survey for the pavement will be carried out prior to commencement of construction and
documented for the purpose of requirement of restoration. The condition survey shall document visible
flaws such as cracks,distortions and deviations, heaves, and depressions.This surface survey will be I completed during the installation of the monitors and again once the tunnel has been completed.
' 3
' Reading Frequency
An average of at least two readings shall be taken to establish the initial conditions. The reading and
collection of data from the surface monitoring points shall be read and recorded by the Contractor during
the construction period and after construction for period of at least 2 weeks provided that further
settlement has stopped. A minimum of three(3) sets of reading be taken daily, provided that movements
are within anticipated limits. Otherwise,the frequencies should increase according to a pre-planned
interval. Monitoring of movements is required during work stoppages, such as during non-operation
period (off-shifts)or weekends. A minimum of three(3)sets of readings should be taken daily.
Measurements of the monitoring points shall be reported promptly to MTO for review.
Data Collection and Data Transfer
A procedure is required to be established in consultation with MTO so that the monitoring data and the
interpreted data will reach all parties as soon as necessary. The contract administrator and the
Contractor should interpret monitoring data as needed for the purpose of on-going construction. The
QVE Engineer should be contacted for technical support in the interpretation of ground movements and
review of the Contractor's response when Review and Alert Levels are reached.
Criteria for Assessment
The acceptable surface settlement(or heave)will be according to criteria as specified below.
Baseline Reading—A baseline reading of the instrumentation shall be taken prior to commencement of
the work. An average of at least two initial readings shall be recorded as baseline reading.
Review Level—A maximum value of 10 mm relative to the baseline readings is suggested for this project.
If this level is reached,the method, rate or sequence of construction,or ground stabilization measures
should be reviewed or modified to mitigate further ground displacements.
Alert Level—A maximum value of 15mm relative to the baseline readings is suggested for this project. If
this level is reached,the Contractor shall cease construction operations and to execute pre-planned
measures to secure the site, to mitigate further movements and to assure safety of public and maintain
traffic.
Review of Contractor's Proposed Method
The MTO and the Contract Administrator will review the Contractor's proposed method of construction.
The proposed method should is to include a description of the potential loss of ground, and calculation of
the maximum settlement in relation to the Contractor's procedure and equipment, alternative/remedial
measures when review level of measurement is reached; and contingency/remedial measures when alert
level of measurement is reached.
Contractor's Responsibility or Restoration and Warranty Provision
In addition to the monitoring program to assess the adequacy of the construction method to control
potential ground movements and groundwater,the Contractor is responsible for reinstatement(such as
surface paving)should movements or other surface distress occur, and provide a reasonable warranty
period acceptable to MTO. Remedial measures shall be approved by MTO; however, MTO maintains the
right to perform the maintenance at the Contractors expense.
(5) Addition: Item 13b and Item 17b have been added to the Schedule of Items and Prices
related to Grouting of the void between the Casing and Carrier Pipe. This item is
provisional and will only be used should the MTO require it through the permitting
' process underway. Sealed end-caps will be required at the ends of the casing whether the
voids are filled or not. The tenderer is to replace Page T-3 and T-4 with the attached
Page T-3R and Page T-4R and include with tender submission.
1
4 1
Enclosure: MTO Standard—Pipe Installation by Trenchless Methods
Page T-2R,Page T-3R,Page T-4R
B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Engineers and Planners I
62 North Street
Goderich, ON N7A 2T4
Phone: (519)524-26411
Fax: (519)524-4403
www.bmross.net
May 24, 2018
r
I
I
I
Contractor's Signature Date
Emailed to all Plan Takers—29 pages+addendum receipt 1
I
i
I
I
1
1
1
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
RUSSELL STREET SANITARY SEWER EXTENSION
CONTRACT NO. 17071
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 ADDENDUM NO. 2
Revised Schedule of Items and Prices Sheets
1 T-2R, T-3R, T-4-R
1
i
1
I
1
1
1
1
T-2R I
THE AFORESAID SUM IS MADE UP AS FOLLOWS: I
SCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND PRICES
1
Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
PART 1 --RUSSELL STREET I
ROADWORK I
1 310, SP Hot Mix Asphalt
a) 645 t $ $
Hot Mix HL-4 I
2 330, 510, Full depth asphalt removal 4770 m2 $ $ i
SP
2a 506 Dust Suppressant-Calcium chloride solid 3 t $ $ I
3 408, SP Adjust existing maintenance holes and 1 Ea. $ $
I
catch basins
4 407, SP Supply maintenance hole covers and/or 1 Ea. $ $
I
catch basin frame and grates
5 N/AI
6 510, SP Removal of existing maintenance holes I and catch basins
a) Maintenance holes 1 Ea. $ $ I
Sub-Total Roadwork-- $
STORM SEWERS
7 401, 409, Supply,excavate for and place storm I
410,492, pipe sewers including bedding,
517, 518, granular backfill and restoration I SP
a) 300 mm HDPE CSA B182.6 37 m $ $
or equivalent I
Sub-Total Storm Sewers-- $
1
I
I T-3R
IItem Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
SANITARY SEWERS
I8 401,409, Supply, excavate for and place sanitary
410, 517, sewer pipe including bedding,native
I518, SP backfill and restoration of roadway
including granulars to underside of
Ibase asphalt
a) 200 mm PVC SDR-35 6 m $ $
Ib) 375 mm PVC SDR-35 629 m $ $
I 9 402, 407, Supply, excavate for,place and 8 Ea. $ $
517, 518, backfill 1200 mm precast maintenance
SP holes(OPSD 701.010) including
Ibenching, frame and cover
10 407, SP Supply and install safety platforms 2 Ea. $ $
I (1200 mm)
I11 SP Rigid board insulation 135 m2 $ $
12 SP Supply, excavate for and place 2 Ea. $ $
Iconcrete encasement
13 416, SP Boring and steel pipe encasement
Iand restoration
I a) 900 mm dia. steel pipe encasement 53 m $ $
(9.525 mm)minimum wall thickness
and restoration
I a) Supply and placement of grout in void 1 L.S. $
between Casing and Carrier Pipe(Provisional)
ISub-Total Sanitary Sewers-- $
WATERMAINS
I14 401,492, Supply, excavate for,place watermain,
441,442, including bedding,native backfill and
I517, 518, restoration
SP
Ia) 300mmPVCDR18 113 m $ $
I
T-4R I
Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I
15 492,441, Supply,excavate for,place and
517, 518, backfill ductile iron fittings, including
SP cathodic protection,mechanical
thrust restraints
I
a) 300 mm 22.5°bend 1 Ea. $ $
b) 300 mm 45°bend 1 Ea. $ $ I
c) 300 mm dia. gate valves 2 Ea. $ $
I
d) 300 mm cap, complete with 50 mm 1 Ea. $ $ I blowoff assembly
e) Connect to existing watermain 1 Ea. $ $
I
16 441, SP Swabbing,hydrostatic pressure testing, 1 L.S. $
disinfection,and flushing of watermains
I
17 416, SP Boring and steel pipe encasement
and restoration I
a) 750 mm dia. steel pipe encasement 51 m $ $
(9.525 mm)minimum wall thickness
and restoration
a) Supply and placement of grout in void 1 L.S. $ I between Casing and Carrier Pipe(Provisional)
Sub-Total Watermains -- $ I
Total Part 1 -- $
I
PART 2-2019 TOP COAT ASPHALT(RUSSELL STREET)
1 310,SP Hot Mix Asphalt
a) Hot Mix HL-3 520 t $ $ I
b) Tack Coat 4800 m2 $ $
I
2-4 N/A
I
1
1
' MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
RUSSELL STREET SANITARY SEWER EXTENSION
CONTRACT NO. 17071
1
1
1
1
1
1
ADDENDUM NO. 2
MTO Standard — Pipe Installation by Trenchless Methods
1
I
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
MTO STANDARD-PIPE INSTALLATION BY TRENCHLESS METHODS
(Replaces OPSS 416) '
1. SCOPE
This specification covers the general requirements for the installation of pipes by trenchless methods,
including Jack&Bore,Pipe Ramming, Directional Drilling, and Tunnelling. The Contractor shall determine
the most appropriate method of installation for each of the crossing locations.
This specification shall supersede OPSS 415 (Construction Specification for Pipeline Installation by
Tunneling), OPSS 416 (Construction Specification for Pipeline and Utility Installation by Jacking and
Boring) and OPSS 450 (Construction Specification for Pipeline and Utility Installation in Soil by Horizontal
Directional Drilling).
2. REFERENCES I
This specification refers to the following standards,specifications,or publications:
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications,General ,
OPSS 180 Management and Disposal of Excess Materials
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications,Construction ,
OPSS 401 Trenching,Backfilling,and Compacting
OPSS 404 Support Systems
OPSS 491 Preservation,Protection,and Reconstruction of Existing Facilities
OPSS 492 Site Restoration Following Installation of Pipelines, Utilities and
Associated Structures
OPSS 517 Dewatering of Pipeline,Utility, and Associated Structure Excavation
OPSS.PROV 539 Temporary Protection Systems
Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications,Material
OPSS.PROV 1004 Aggregates-Miscellaneous
OPSS.PROV 1350 Concrete-Materials and Production
OPSS.PROV 1440 Steel Reinforcement for Concrete
OPSS 1802 Smooth Walled Steel Pipe
OPSS.PROV 1820 Circular and Elliptical Concrete Pipe
OPSS 1840 Non-Pressure Polyethylene(PE)Plastic Pipe Products
American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM)International Standards I
ASTM A252-93 Welding and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles
ASTM D2657-03 Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyelofin Pipe and Fittings
ASTM D3350 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings
Materials
ASTM F894 Polyethylene Large Diameter Profile Wall Sewer and Drain Pipe
Canadian Standards Association Standards:
CSA B 182.6 Profile Polyethylene Sewer Pipe and Fittings.
CAN/CSA A5-93 Portland Cement
CSA W59 Welded Steel Construction(Metal Arc Welding)
Page 1
December 2014
I
3. DEFINITIONS
' For the purpose of this specification,the following definitions apply:
' Auger Jack & Bore: a method of forming a horizontal bore in the subsurface by essentially
simultaneously jacking ahead and rotating a cutter head, followed by removal of material from inside
the bore by using an auger.
' Backreamer: a cutting head suitably designed for the subsurface conditions that is attached to the
end of a drill string to enlarge the pilot bore during a pullback operation.
Bore Path: a drilled path according to the grade and alignment tolerances specified in the Contract
Documents.
Design Engineer: means the Engineer retained by the Contractor who produces the original design
and working drawings. The design engineer shall be licensed to practice in the Province of Ontario.
Design Checking Engineer: means the Engineer retained by the Contractor who checks the original
' design and working drawings. The design checking engineer shall be licensed to practice in the
Province of Ontario.
Digger Shield/Hand Mining: a method of forming a horizontal bore in the subsurface by essentially
simultaneously jacking ahead while tunnelling advances using hand—mining(man-entry operation or
"Jack and Mine) or a"digger"type shield with a hydraulic excavator arm to remove materials from
inside the liner pipe.
Drilling Fluids: a mixture of water and additives, such as bentonite, polymers, surfactants, and soda
' ash, designed to block the pore space on a bore wall, reduce friction in the bore, and to suspend and
carry cuttings to the surface.
Drilling Fluid Fracture or Frac Out: a condition where the drilling fluid's pressure in the bore is
' sufficient to overcome the in situ confining stress, thereby fracturing the soil and/or rock materials
and allowing the drilling fluids to migrate to the surface at an unplanned location.
Engineer: a Professional Engineer licensed by the Professional Engineers of Ontario to practice in
the Province of Ontario.
I Excavation: includes all materials encountered regardless of type and extent. Excavation shall
include removal of natural soil, large boulders, cobbles, wood and fill regardless of means necessary
to break consolidated materials for removal.
1 Environmentally Sensitive Area (ESA): areas adjacent to construction that are off limits to the
Contractor as specified elsewhere in the Contract.
' Fill: man-made mixture of previously placed/handled materials such as sand,clay, silt,gravel, broken
rock, sometimes containing organic and/or deleterious materials,placed in an excavation or other area
to raise the surface elevation.
111 Grouting: injection of grout into voids.
Page 2
December 2014
Guidance System: an electronic system capable of locating the position, depth and orientation of the
drill head during the directional drilling process.
Directional Drilling(DD):directional boring or guided boring.
HDPE: high density polyethylene. '
Inadvertent Returns:the flow of unexpected fluids,saturated materials(or running soil)towards the
drilling rig that typically originated from an artesian aquifer encountered during the drilling process.
Loss of Circulation: the discontinuation of the flow of drilling fluid in the bore back to the entry or
exit point or other planned recovery points.
Pilot Bore: the initial bore to set directional controlled horizontal and vertical alignment between the
connecting points.
Pipe Jacking: a method for installing steel casing or concrete pipe in the subsurface utilizing
hydraulically operated jacks of adequate number and capacity to ensure smooth and uniform
advancement without overstressing the liner/pipe.
Pipe Ramming: a method for installing steel casings utilizing the energy from a percussion hammer
to advance a steel casing with a cutting shoe attached at the front end of the casing.
Primary Liner (Support): system installed prior to or concurrent with excavation, to maintain
stability of an excavation and to support earth or rock and any structure utilities or other facilities in
or on the supported earth or rock mass,until the excavation is completed. '
Product: pipe culverts,pipe sewers,watermain pipe and sanitary pipe.
Pullback: that part of the DD method in which the drill string is pulled back through the bore path to
the entry point.
Quality Verification Engineer (QVE): an Engineer who has a minimum of five (5) years I
experience in the field of pipe installation using trenchless methods or alternatively has demonstrated
expertise by providing satisfactory quality verification services for the work at a minimum of two(2)
projects of similar scope to the contract. The Quality Verification Engineer shall be retained by the
Contractor to certify that the work is in general conformance with the contract documents and to issue
Certificate(s)of Conformance.
Reaming: a process for pulling a tool attached to the end of the drill string through the bore path to
enlarge the bore and mix the cuttings with the drilling fluid.This typically includes multiple passes.
Rock: natural beds or massive fragments, or the hard, stable, cemented part of the earth's crust, I
igneous, metamorphic, or sedimentary in origin, which may or may not be weathered and includes
boulders having a size equivalent to 0.3 m in diameter or greater.
Secondary Liner: concrete pipe, HDPE pipe or un-reinforced cast-in-place concrete, installed
subsequent to tunnel excavation.
Shaft: vertically sided excavation used as entry and/or exit points from which the trenchless method I
is initiated or directed for the installation of product.
Page 3
December 2014
I
I
Strike Alert: a system that is intended to alert and protect the operator in the case of inadvertent
I drilling into an electrical utility cable. The strike alert system consists of a sensor and an alarm
connected to the drill rig and a grounding stake. The alarm may be audio or visual or both.
ISlurry: a mixture of soil and/or rock cuttings,and drilling fluid.
Soil: all materials except those defined as rock, and excludes stone masonry, concrete, and other
I manufactured materials; includes rock fragments having an equivalent size less than 0.3 m in
diameter.
Trenchless Installation: an underground method of constructing a passage open at both ends that
I involves installing a pipe. For the purpose of this specification, the pipe may be installed by any of
the various methods defined herein such as Auger Jack & Boring, Pipe Jacking, Pipe Ramming,
Directional Drilling,or using a tunnelling machine or hand mining methods.
ITunnelling: An underground method of constructing a passage using a tunnel boring machine
(TBM), a microtunnel boring machine (MTBM) or hand mining using a shield to support the
Iopening.
4. DESIGN AND SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1 4.01 General
The Contractor's documentation,submission requirements and installation methods shall specifically consider
I and address the subsurface conditions at each pipe crossing as identified in the Foundation Investigation
Report or elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
I4.02 Working Drawings
Three copies of stamped working drawings for portal or shaft construction, primary liner, excavation,
secondary lining, dewatering and groundwater control and grouting shall be submitted to the Contract
I Administrator(CA) at least one week prior to the commencement of the work for information purposes. All
submissions shall bear the seal and signature of the Design Engineer and Design Checking Engineer. The
Contractor shall have a copy of the stamped working drawings at the site during construction.
As a minimum, working drawings/details pertaining to the tunnel design and construction shall include the
following(as appropriate):
Ia)Plans,Elevations and Details:
• A work plan outlining the materials, procedures, methods and schedule to be used to execute the
work;
1 • A list of personnel,including backup personnel,and their qualifications and experience;
• A safety plan including the company safety manual and emergency procedures;
• The work area layout;
I • An erosion and sediment control plan that includes a contingency plan in the event the erosion and
sediment control measures fail;
• A drilling fluid management plan, if applicable, that addresses control of frac-out pressures, any
I potential environmental impacts and includes a contingency plan detailing emergency procedures in
the event that the fluid management plan fails;
I Page 4
December 2014
• Lighting,ventilation and fire safety details as may be required by applicable occupational health and
safety regulations;and
• Excavated materials disposal plan.
b)Design Criteria:
• Primary liner design details,if applicable; '
• Design assumption and material data when materials other than those specified are proposed for use;
and
• Drill path design, details of alignment and alignment control, maximum curvature and reaming
stages.
c)Materials:
• Certification from the manufacturer that the product furnished on the contract meets the specifications
cited in the manufacturer's product specification and that the materials supplied are suitable for the
application;and
• Material mixture for filling voids and installation procedures.
d)Upstream/Downstream Portal Installation Procedure:
• The access shaft or entry/exit pit details designed and stamped/signed by the Design Engineer, as
applicable; and
• Face support and other temporary support details,if applicable.
e)Primary Liner/Secondary Liner Installation and Grouting Procedure:
• Excavation and pipe installation procedures, including methods to handle obstructions and prevent
soil cave-in;and
• Details of tunnelling equipment/methods to be used for the works.
f)Excavation and Dewatering:
• Ground control/dewatering details, as applicable, describing the proposed method for control,
handling,treatment,and disposal of water.
g)Monitoring Method:
• The methods to be employed to monitor and maintain the alignment of the installation.
4.03 Site Survey ,
Prior to commencing the work, the Contractor shall, at each pipe location, lay-out the alignment and install
settlement monitoring points.
111
4.04 Certificate of Conformance
The Contractor shall submit details of the sequence and method of construction to the Quality Verification
Engineer for review, prepared and stamped by the Design Engineer. The Contractor shall submit to the
Contract Administrator a Certificate of Conformance sealed and signed by the Quality Verification Engineer a
minimum of one week prior to commencement of work under this item. The Certificate shall state that the
construction procedures are in conformance with the requirements and specifications of the contract
documents.
The Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator a Certificate of Conformance sealed and signed by
the Quality Verification Engineer upon completion of each of the following operations and prior to
Page 5
December 2014
I
commencement of each subsequent operation for each pipe installation:
Site Surveying(as noted in Section 4.02)
Excavation for pits including dewatering of excavations
Jacking/Ramming/Directional Drilling of Casing/Liner
' Installation of the Product
Grouting Operations
Each Certificate of Conformance shall state that the work has been carried out in general conformance with
the contract documents,specifications and/or stamped working drawings.
In addition,upon completion of the installation of the pipe at each location,the Contractor shall submit to the
I Contract Administrator a final Certificate of Conformance sealed and signed by the Quality Verification
Engineer. The Certificate shall state that the pipe has been installed in general conformance with the
Contractor's Submission and Design Requirements,stamped working drawings and contract documents.
The Design Engineer will not be permitted to carry out the work of the Quality Verification Engineer.
5. MATERIALS
5.01 Product
IThe product shall be concrete pipe or high density polyethylene pipe as specified.
5.02 Concrete
rConcrete shall be according to OPSS.PROV 1350. The concrete strength shall be as specified in the
Contractor's design submission.
5.03 Concrete Reinforcement
Steel reinforcing for concrete work shall be according to OPSS.PROV 1440.
' 5.04 Timber
' Timber shall be sound,straight,and free from cracks,shakes and large or loose knots.
5.05 Grout
1 The Contractor shall submit the proposed grout mix design for grouts to be used for lubricating jacking pipe
and for filling of voids and annular spaces. Purging grout shall consist of a mixture of one part Portland
cement conforming to the requirements of CAN/CSA A5-93 and two parts mortar sand conforming to
OPSS.PROV 1004 wetted with only sufficient water to make the mixture plastic.
5.06 Auger Jack&Bore Materials
t5.06.01 Pipe Materials
' Steel pipe shall conform with ASTM A252-93 welded joints suitable for jacking operations. The Contractor
shall select pipe class for pipe jacking.
' Page 6
December 2014
I
I
Concrete pipe as per OPSS.PROV 1820.
Fittings shall be suitable for and compatible with the class and type of pipe with which they will be used. 1
5.07 Pipe Ramming Materials
5.07.01 Pipe Materials
Steel pipe shall conform with ASTM A 252-93 welded joints.
New steel casing when specified shall be smooth wall carbon steel pipe according to ASTM A252-93 Grade
2.
Used steel casing can be used provided that the steel casing can resist the applicable static and dynamic
loadings.
Pipe wall thickness shall be determined by the Contractor based on static and dynamic loads from traffic
loading and anticipated ramming forces for selected pipe and driven pipe lengths. The wall thickness shall be
increased as required to ensure the casing is not damaged during handling and installation. The pipe
minimum wall thickness shall be as per Table 1 of OPSS 1802. 111
Pipe segments shall be determined by the Contractor.
111
Steel pipe joints shall be pressure fit type or welded.
All steel casing pipe shall be square cut. I
Steel casing pipe shall have roundness such that the difference between the major and minor outside
diameters shall not exceed 1%of the specified nominal outside diameter or 6 mm,whichever is less.
Steel casing pipe shall have a minimum allowable straightness of 1.5 mm maximum per metre of length.
5.07.02 Mill Certificates '
For permanent casing, the Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator at the time of delivery one
copy of the mill certificate, indicating that the steel meets the requirements for the appropriate standards for
casings.
Where mill test certificates originate from a mill outside Canada or the United States of America the
Contractor shall have the information on the mill certificate verified by testing by a Canadian laboratory. The
laboratory shall be accredited by a Canadian National Accreditation Body to comply with the requirements of
ISO/IEC Guide 25 for the specific tests or type of tests required by the material standard specified on the mill
test certificate. The mill test certificates shall be stamped with the name of the Canadian testing laboratory
and appropriate wording stating that the material conforms to the specified material requirements. The stamp
shall include the appropriate material specification number,the date and the signature of an authorized officer
of the Canadian testing laboratory. ,
I
Page 7
December 2014
I
5.08 Directional Drilling Materials
5.08.01 Drilling Fluids
The drilling fluids shall be mixed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and be appropriate for
the anticipated subsurface conditions.
5.08.02 Pipe Materials
iHigh Density Polyethylene(HDPE)pipe as per OPSS 1840 shall be used in accordance with ASTM D3350.
The requirements for fittings shall be suitable for and compatible with the class and type of pipe with which
they will be used and in according to CAN/CSA-B 182.6 or ASTM F894.
The Contractor shall determine the required dimensional ratio (DR) of the HDPE pipe to support all
subsurface conditions and hydrostatic pressures, and to withstand the grouting pressure and installation
forces. The Contractor shall identify these forces in his submission requirements.
' The Contractor's submission shall demonstrate,in conjunction with the manufacturer's specifications,that the
heat resistance of the pipe material is sufficient to tolerate without damage the heat of hydration generated by
grout curing.
IFittings shall be suitable for and compatible with the class and type of pipe with which they will be used.
Jointing of HDPE piping shall be completed by thermal butt fusion in accordance with manufacturer's
recommended procedures and as outlined in the latest revision of ASTM D2657. All manufacturer's
recommendations and procedures shall be followed during the jointing process.
Jointing of HDPE piping to other piping materials or appurtenances shall be completed using flanged
connections.
5.09 Tunnelling Materials
5.09.01 Primary Liner
Tunnelling methods will require installation of a primary liner. The primary liner shall be designed by the
Contractor and the design/drawings shall be stamped/signed by the Design Engineer. The design shall be
submitted to the Contract Administrator as specified herein.
5.09.02 Secondary Liner
Concrete or High Density Polyethylene Pipe shall be used according to the following requirements.
5.09.02.01 Concrete Pipe
' Concrete pipe as per OPSS.PROV 1820 shall be used. The Contractor shall select the pipe class to withstand
grouting pressure and installation forces. The Contractor shall identify these forces in his submission
requirements.
Fittings shall be suitable for and compatible with the class and type of pipe with which they will be used.
' Page 8
December 2014
I
1
5.09.02.02 High Density Polyethylene(HDPE)
High Density Polyethylene(HDPE)pipe as per OPSS 1840 shall be used in accordance with ASTM D3350. I
The requirements for fittings shall be according to CAN/CSA-B 182.6 or ASTM F894.
The Contractor shall determine the required dimensional ratio (DR) to withstand the grouting pressure and
installation forces.The Contractor shall identify these forces in his submission requirements.
Fittings shall be suitable for and compatible with the class and type of pipe with which they will be used. ,
Jointing of HDPE piping shall be completed by thermal butt fusion in accordance with manufacturer's
recommended procedures and as outlined in the latest revision of ASTM D2657. All manufacturer's
recommendations and procedures shall be followed during the jointing process.
Jointing of HDPE piping to other piping materials shall be completed using flanged connections. I
6. EQUIPMENT
6.01 Auger Jack&Bore Equipment ,
Pipe auger jack & bore equipment shall be determined by the Contractor and shall be identified in the
submission requirements specified herein.
Specific details of the manner in which rock or boulders will be broken and removed from the face and the
face will be protected to prevent soil loss into the liner shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator for
111
information purposes prior to proceeding with the works.
6.02 Pipe Ramming Equipment
Pipe ramming equipment shall be determined by the Contractor and shall be identified in the submission
requirements specified herein.
The pipe ramming hammer(s) shall be capable of driving the pipe casing from the drive pit through the
existing subsurface conditions at the site.
Specific details of the manner in which rock or boulders will be broken and removed from the face and the
face will be protected to prevent soil loss into the pipe shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator for
information purposes prior to proceeding with the works.
6.03 Directional Drilling Equipment
6.03.01 General I
The directional drilling equipment shall consist of a directional drilling rig and a drilling fluid mixing and
delivery system of sufficient capacity to successfully complete the product installation without exceeding the
maximum tensile strength of the product being installed.
Page 9
December 2014
6.03.02 Drilling Rig
The directional drilling rig shall:
• consist of a leak free hydraulically powered boring system to rotate, push, and pull hollow drill
' pipe into the ground at a variable angle while delivering a pressurized fluid mixture to a guidable
drill head;
• contain a guidance system to accurately guide boring operations;
' • be anchored to the ground to withstand the rotating, pushing, and pulling forces required to
complete the product installation;and
• be grounded during all operations unless otherwise specified by the drilling rig manufacturer.
1 6.03.03 Drill Head
The drill head shall be steerable by changing its rotation,be equipped with the necessary cutting surfaces and
' drilling fluid jets,and be of the type for the anticipated subsurface conditions,
6.03.04 Guidance System
' The guidance system shall be setup, installed, and operated by trained and experienced personnel. The
operator shall be aware of any magnetic or electromagnetic anomalies and shall consider such influences in
the operation of the guidance system when a magnetic or electromagnetic system is used.
6.03.05 Drilling Fluid Mixing System
The drilling fluid mixing system shall be of sufficient size to thoroughly and uniformly mix the required
drilling fluid.
' 6.03.06 Drilling Fluid Delivery System
The delivery system shall have a means of measuring and controlling fluid pressures and be of sufficient flow
' capacity to ensure that all slurry volumes are adequate for the length and diameter of the final bore and the
anticipated subsurface conditions. Connections between the delivery pump and drill pipe shall be leak-free.
6.04 Tunnelling Equipment
Tunnelling equipment shall be determined by the Contractor and shall be identified in the submission
requirements specified herein.
' Specific details of the manner in which rock or boulders will be broken and removed from the tunnel face
shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator information purposes. Use of rock fracturing chemicals shall
only be considered subject to a field demonstration satisfactory to the Ministry prior to its use.
Use of explosives is prohibited.
7. CONSTRUCTION
7.01 General
' The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator at least 48 hours in advance of starting work. The
proposed method of pipe installation to be used by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Contract
' Page 10
December 2014
1
i
Administrator for information purposes prior to commencing the work and shall be subject to the limitations
presented in the following subsections.
7.01.01 Layout,Alignment and Depth Control
The location of the installation shall be established from the lines, elevations and tolerances specified in the
Contract Documents. The pipe installation shall be to the horizontal and vertical alignments specified in the
Contract Drawings. Deviations from location, alignment,grades and/or invert levels shall be corrected by the
Contractor at no cost to the Ministry.
All reference points necessary to construct the pipe installation and appurtenances shall be laid out.
The Contractor shall calibrate tracking and locating equipment at the beginning of each work day, and shall
monitor and record the alignment and depth readings provided by the tracking system at every 5 m in normal
conditions and every 2 m where precise alignment control is necessary;
The Contract Administrator shall be provided with the assistance and access necessary to check the layout of
the pipe installation and associated appurtenances.
All excavations shall be carried out in accordance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act(OHSA) of
Ontario.
For directional drilling, the contractor shall ensure that during pilot hole drilling the maximum degree of
deviation or"dog-leg"shall be 2.5 degrees per 9m drill pipe length. Any deviation exceeding 2.5 degrees will
necessitate a pull-back and straightening of the alignment at the Contractor's sole expense. The pilot hole exit
location shall be within 0.5m of the target location. '
7.01.02 Construction Shafts
Construction shafts shall be specified in the Contractor's submission. The boundaries and protection of these
shall be as required to contain all disturbances to areas outside of the ESA limits.
Shafts shall be maintained in a drained condition. ,
A minimum 2.4 m high secure fence shall be installed around the perimeter of the construction shaft area with
gates and truck entrances.The fence shall be removed on completion of the work. 1
7.01.03 Protection Systems
The construction of all protection systems shall be according to OPSS.PROV 539. Where the stability, safety, '
or function of an existing roadway, watercourse, other works,proposed works or ESA's may be impaired due
to the method of operation,protection shall be provided. Protection may include sheathing, shoring, and piles
where necessary to prevent damage to such works or proposed works.
7.01.04 Settlement or Heave
Any disturbance to the ground surface (settlement or heave) as a result of the pipe installation shall be
immediately corrected by the Contract,at no additional cost to the Ministry.
Page 11
December 2014
7.01.05 Stability of Excavation
The construction methods, plant, procedures, and precautions employed shall ensure that excavations are
stable,free from disturbance,and maintained in a drained condition.
' The construction methods, plant, and materials employed shall prevent the migration of soil and/or rock
material into the excavation from adjacent ground.
' 7.01.06 Preservation and Protection of Existing Facilities
Preservation and protection of existing facilities shall be according to OPSS 491.
' Minimum horizontal and vertical clearances to existing facilities as specified in the Contract Documents shall
be maintained. Clearances shall be measured from the nearest edge of the largest cut diameter required to the
nearest edge of the facility being paralleled or crossed.
' Existing underground facilities shall be exposed to verify its horizontal and vertical locations when the outlet
pipe path comes within 1.0 m horizontally or vertically of the existing facility. Existing facilities shall be
' exposed by non-destructive methods.The number of exposures required to monitor work progress shall be as
specified in the Contract Documents.
7.01.07 Transporting,Unloading,Storing and Handling Materials
Manufacturer's handling and storage recommendations shall be followed.
7.01.08 Trenching,Backfilling and Compacting
Trenching,backfilling,and compacting for entry and exit points or other locations along the pipe path shall be
' according to OPSS 401.
7.01.09 Support Systems
Support systems shall be according to OPSS 404.
If any open excavation will encroach into the highway embankment the protection system shall satisfy the
requirements for Performance Level 2 as specified in OPSS.PROV 539.
7.01.10 Dewatering
The work of this Section includes control, handling,treatment, and disposal of groundwater. The Contractor
shall review the foundation investigation report for reference to soil and groundwater conditions on the
project site and plan a dewatering scheme accordingly.
The Contractor shall control groundwater inflows to excavations to maintain stability of surrounding ground,
to prevent erosion of soil, to prevent softening of ground exposed in the excavation, and to avoid interfering
with execution of the work.
The Contractor shall maintain excavations free of standing water at all times during excavation, including
' while concrete is curing.
Should water enter the excavation in amounts that could adversely affect the performance of the work or
' Page 12
December 2014
i
could cause loss of ground,the Contractor shall take immediate steps to control the inflow.
The Contractor is alerted that seepage zones of perched water within the fill materials should be expected, r
particularly where granular materials are excavated.
Dewatering shall be according to OPSS 517.
1
7.01.11 Removal of Boulders
The Contractor is alerted that cobbles and boulders should be anticipated in the soil deposits at the site.
Accordingly, the Contractor shall address the removal of cobbles and boulders in the proposed method of
construction. The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contract Administrator of any obstruction
encountered.
7.01.12 Record Keeping
Verification record requirements of the alignment and depth of the installation shall be as specified in the
Contract Documents. A copy of the verification records shall be given to the Contract Administrator at the
completion of the installation.
7.01.13 Testing
Testing of the product installation shall consist of verifying the specified grade between the two ends of the
pipe and passing of water from the inlet end of the pipe to the outlet end to confirm gravity flow conditions.
7.01.14 Management and Disposal of Excess Material r
Management and disposal of excess material shall be according to OPSS 180. Satisfactory re-usable
excavated material required for backfill shall be separated from unsuitable excavated material.
7.01.15 Site Restoration
Site restoration shall be according to OPSS 492.
1
7.01.16 Supervision
A qualified individual, who is experienced in the pipe installation by trenchless methods shall supervise the
work at all times.
7.02 Auger Jack&Bore Installation r
7.02.01 Method of Installation Procedure
The installation procedure to be used shall be subject to the following limitations:
• Hydraulically operated jacks of adequate number and capacity shall be provided to ensure smooth
and uniform advancement without over-stressing of the pipe.
• A suitably padded jacking head or collar shall be provided to transfer and distribute jacking
pressure uniformly over the entire end bearing area of the pipe.
• The jacking pipe shall be fully supported in the jacking pit at the specified line and grade.
Page 13
December 2014
r
• Selection of the excavation method and jacking equipment shall take into consideration the
conditions at each pipe crossing.
7.02.02 Pipe Installation
' Concrete pipe joints shall be water tight and according to OPSS.PROV 1820 and must withstand jacking
forces,determined by the Contractor.
During the jacking of the liner the space between the liner and the wall of the excavation shall be kept filled
with bentonite slurry.Upon completion of jacking, the space between the liner and the wall of the excavation
shall be filled with grout.
' The annular space between the liner and the product shall be fully grouted with a water tight, expandable and
stable grout.
7.03 Pipe Ramming Installation
For pipe ramming installation the following requirements apply:
' Only smooth walled steel pipe shall be used. But welding of pipe joints shall conform to CAS W59.
Ramming equipment of adequate capacity shall be provided to ensure smooth and uniform advancement
' without overstressing of the pipe. Delays shall be avoided between ramming operations.
A ramming head shall be provided to transfer and distribute jacking pressure uniformly over the entire end
' bearing area of the pipe.
Two or more lubricated guide rails or sills shall be provided of sufficient length to fully support the pipe at the
specified line and grade in the ramming pit. Pipe shall be installed to the line and grade specified.
Following installation of the liner pipe, all material shall be removed from the pipe to the satisfaction of the
Contract Administrator. Any voids remaining between the pipe and the excavation wall shall be grouted as
' soon as the pipe is rammed. The annular space between the liner pipe and the product shall be fully grouted
with a water tight,expandable and stable grout.
1 7.04 Directional Drilling Installation
7.04.01 General
' When strike alerts are provided on a drilling rig, they shall be activated during drilling and maintained at all
times.
' 7.04.02 Site Preparation
The work site shall be graded or filled to provide a level working area for the drilling rig. No alterations
beyond what is required for DD operations are to be made. All activities shall be confined to designated work
areas.
7.04.03 Pilot Bore
The pilot bore shall be drilled along the bore path in accordance with the grade, alignment, and tolerances as
Page 14
December 2014
1
1
indicated on the Contractor's submitted it i
odrilling ng plan to ensure that the product is installed to the line and
grade shown on the Contract Drawings. The Contractor's methods shall take into consideration the 111conditions at each crossing within the pipe alignment and shall be suitable to advance through such
obstructions such as cobbles and boulders and address the potential for deflection off these obstruction and/or
soil conditions.
In the event the pilot bore deviates from the submitted path,the Contract Administrator shall be notified. The
Contract Administrator may require the Contractor to pullback and re-drill from the location along the bore
path before the deviation.
In the event that a drilling fluid fracture, inadvertent returns, or loss of circulation occurs during pilot bore
drilling operations, the Contract Administrator shall be advised of the event and action shall be taken in
accordance with the Contractor's submitted contingency plan.
At the entry and exit points,there is potential for ravelling of the existing soil,fill and or weathered rock areas
along the alignment. This is conventionally addressed by the use of drilling fluid. However, casing may be
required. The Contractor's methods shall take into consideration the potential need to install sections of
casing to manage ravelling at or near ground surface.
If a drill hole beneath the highway must be abandoned,the hole shall be backfilled with grout or bentonite to
prevent future subsidence.
The Contractor shall maintain drilling fluid pressure and circulation throughout the DD process, including I
during the initial pilot bore and during the reaming process.
The Contractor shall at all times and for the entire length of the installation alignment be able to demonstrate
the horizontal and vertical position of the alignment,the fluid volume used,return rates and pressures.
7.04.04 Drilling Fluid Fracture(Frac-Out)
In order to reduce the potential for hydraulic fracturing of the hole during directional drilling, a minimum
depth of cover of 5m is normally maintained between the pipe and the ground surface. Sections of the pipe
close to the exit pit with less than 5m cover shall be cased. The Contractor shall ensure that drilling fluid
pressures are properly set and controlled to prevent frac out, for the depth of cover available between the
bottom of the pavement structure(bottom of the subbase material)and the top of the bore.
Since fluid loss normally occurs in fault zones, fracture zones, or seams of coarse material, fluid migration
does not always gravitate to the surface, thus making detection difficult. Once a fluid loss is detected, the
Contractor shall halt operations immediately and conduct a detailed examination of the drill path and
implement measures to mitigate fluid loss. If no surface migration is evident,resume operation while paying
particular attention to fluid monitoring.
In the event of a fluid migration to the surface occurring,the Contractor shall halt all operations immediately, ,
isolate the migration site, and recover fluids. Once the fracture is controlled,continue drilling operations with
the operator paying particular attention to the fracture points
7.04.05 Reaming ,
The bore shall be reamed using the appropriate tools to a diameter at least 50% greater than the outside
diameter of the product.
Page 15
December 2014
I
I7.04.06 Product Installation
I
7.04.06.0 General
The product shall be jointed according to manufacturer's recommendations. The length of the product to be
' pulled shall be jointed as one length before commencement of the continuous pulling operation.
The product shall be protected from damage during the pullback operation.
I
The minimum allowable bending radius for the product shall not be exceeded.
Product shall be allowed to recover before connections to new or existing facility are made.Product recovery
I
time shall be according to manufacturers recommendations.
7.04.06.02 Pullback and Grouting
IAfter successfully reaming the bore to the required diameter, the product shall be pulled through the bore
path. Once the pullback operation has commenced, it shall continue without interruption until the product is
I
completely pulled into bore unless otherwise approved by the Contract Administrator.
A swivel shall be used between the reamer and the product being installed to prevent rotational forces from
being transferred to the product. When specified in the Contract Documents, a weak link or breakaway
I
connector shall be used to prevent excess pulling force from damaging the product.
The product shall be inspected for damage where visible at excavation pits and where it exits the bore. Any
Idamage noted shall be rectified to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator,
The pull back and reaming operations shall not exceed the fluid circulation rate capabilities. Reaming and
I
back pulling operations shall be planned to insure that, once started, all reaming and back pulling operations
are completed without stopping and within the permitted work hours.
The space between the pipe and the excavation walls shall be filled with grout.
I7. 05 Tunnelling Installation
t7.05.01 General
The method of tunnelling shall be selected by the Contractor and shall be submitted to the Contract
I
Administrator prior to commencement of the work for information purposes.
Excavation of native soil and fill shall be done in a manner to control groundwater inflow to the excavation
and to prevent loss of ground into the excavation.
IMethods of excavating the tunnel shall be capable of fully supporting the face and shall accommodate the
removal of boulders and other oversize objects from the face. Continuous ground support shall be maintained
Iduring excavation.
As the excavation progresses, the Contractor shall continuously monitor (every 2 m) indications of support
I
distress, such as cracking, deflection or failure of support system and subsidence of ground near the
excavation.
I
Page 16
December 2014
I
1
The Contractor shall advance the ventilation system as a regularpart of the normal excavation cycle.
Y g Y
The Contractor shall provide lighting in accordance with OHSA requirements for the entire length of the
tunnel.
The tunnel is to be kept sufficiently dry at all times to permit work to be performed in a safe and satisfactory
manner.
The Contractor shall maintain clean working conditions at all times in tunnels.
In the event that excavation threatens to endanger personnel, the Work, or adjacent property, the Contractor
shall cease excavation. The Contractor shall then evaluate methods of construction and revise as necessary to
ensure the safe continuation of the work.
The Contractor shall maintain tunnel excavation line and grade to provide for construction of final lining
within specified tolerances. ,
7.05.01 Tunnelling Method
The tunnelling method shall be suitable to provide face support in changing ground conditions that may be
encountered during the progress of the work. The selection of the tunnelling method should consider the soil
conditions at each pipe crossing and the presence of obstructions, such as cobbles and boulders, with respect
to the tunnel alignment. '
7.05.02 Primary Liner(Support System)
Primary support systems shall prevent deterioration, loosening, or unravelling of ground surfaces exposed by
excavation.
The primary liner support system shall be designed and installed to achieve the intended performance '
requirements.
Primary liner support system shall maintain the safety of personnel, minimize ground movement into the
excavation, ensure stability and maintain strength of ground surrounding the excavation.
The primary liner shall be designed to support all subsurface conditions and hydrostatic pressures and to
withstand any additional loads caused by installation and grouting,and shall ensure that no ground loading or
other loading will be placed on the new work until after design strength has been reached.
The primary liner shall be installed so that the exterior is as tight as possible to the excavated surface of the
tunnel and allows the placement of the full design thickness of the secondary lining.
Primary support systems shall be compatible with the encountered ground conditions, with the method of
excavation,with methods for control of water,and with placement of the permanent lining.
All voids between the primary lining and the surface of the excavation shall be filled with cement grout. If an
unexpanded liner is used,the space outside the liner plates shall be grouted at least daily.
1
Page 17
December 2014
I
I7.05.03 Secondary Liner
I7.05.03.01 Placing of Grout
The void outside the finished secondary liner shall be filled with cement grout according to the Contractor's
Isubmission.
Grout shall not be placed until the lining has achieved 85% of its specified strength or 30 MPa. Grouting
I
shall be limited to such sequences and programs as are necessary to avoid damaging any part of the works or
any other structure or property.
7.06 Instrumentation Monitoring
IThe work specified in this Section includes furnishing and installing instruments for monitoring of settlement
and ground stability.
ISurface settlement markers for monitoring ground stability shall be installed at the pavement/ground surface
level on the shoulder, side slope and pavement at not greater than 5 m intervals along the tunnel alignment
I and as an array of three in-ground (1.5 m depth) measurement points on the shoulder of the highway
perpendicular to the alignment. The equipment and procedures used for settlement monitoring during
construction must be capable of surveying the settlement point elevations to within ± 1 mm of the actual
elevation.
ISurface settlement markers shall be hardened steel markers treated or coated to resist corrosion, with an
exposed convex head having a minimum diameter of 12 mm and similar to surveyor's PK nails. Markers
I shall be rigidly affixed so as not to move relative to the surface to which it is attached. Traffic shall be
managed by the contractor using short-term lane closures in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual
(OTM).
IIn general, settlement monitoring points shall be 12-18 mm rebar encased in a 50-70 mm, SCH40 PVC pipe,
set to a depth of 1.5 m below ground surface. The assembly shall be placed in a drill hole and backfilled with
uniform sand.
IThe Contractor shall install all surface settlement instruments a minimum of one week prior to the start of
works.
IThe surface settlement instruments shall be clearly labelled for easy identification.
I The Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator a site plan showing the locations of the monitoring
points, a geodetic survey of the settlement monitoring points including station, offset and elevation recorded
at the following time intervals:
I • Three consecutive readings at least one week prior to commencement of the work (Baseline
Reading);
• Once per shift during tunnelling operations period;and
I .I
Weekly after completion of the work for one month, or until such time at which all parties agree
that further movement has stopped.
I All readings shall be submitted to the Contract Administrative for information purposes on a weekly basis.
Each report shall include all survey data collected in tabular and graphical format as plots of time versus
settlement in comparison to survey data collected prior to commencement of the work.
IPage 18
December 2014
i
7.07 Criteria for Assessment of Roadway Subsidence/Heave
Based on the monitoring of ground movement as specified in Subsections 4.02 and 7.06, the following
represents trigger levels that define magnitude of movement and corresponding action:
• Review Level: If a maximum value of 10 mm relative to the baseline readings is reached, the
Contractor shall review or modify the method, rate or sequence of construction or ground
stabilization measures to mitigate further ground displacement. If this Review Level is exceeded,
the Contractor shall immediately notify the CA and review and discuss response actions. The
Contractor shall submit a plan of action to prevent Alert Levels from being reached. All
construction work shall be continued such that the Alert Level is not reached.
• Alert Level: If a maximum value of 15 mm relative to the baseline readings is reached, the
Contractor shall cease construction operations, inform the Contract Administrator and execute
pre-planned measures to secure the site, to mitigate further movements and to assure safety of
public and maintain traffic. No construction shall take place until all of the following conditions
are satisfied:
• The cause of the settlement has been identified.
• The Contractor submits a corrective/preventive plan.
• Any corrective and/or preventive measure deemed necessary by the
Contractor is implemented.
• The CA deems it is safe to proceed.
The Contractor shall avoid damaging instrumentation during construction. Instrumentation that is damaged as
a result of the Contractor's operation shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor within one business day.
The costs for replacement/repair shall be borne by the Contractor.
At the completion of the job,the Contractor shall abandon all instrumentations installed during the course of
the Work.
9. MEASUREMENT FOR PAYMENT
Measurement shall be by Plan Quantity Payment as may be revised by Adjusted Plan Quantity Payment in
metres, following along the centre line of the pipes from centre to centre of maintenance holes or chambers
(catch basins)or from/to the end of the pipe where no maintenance hole or chamber is installed, of the actual
length of pipe installed by trenchless methods.
10. BASIS OF PAYMENT
Payment at the contract price shall be full compensation for all labour, equipment and materials required for
excavation(regardless of material encountered), dewatering, sheathing and shoring, supply and installation of
pipe liners, settlement instrumentation and monitoring, site restoration, and all other work necessary to
complete the installation as specified. '
Payment for the rigid or flexible pipe conduits installed inside the pipe liners shall be paid separately under
the appropriate tender items.
Where a protection system is made necessary because of the Contractor's operations(e.g. choice of trenchless
Page 19
December 2014
I
installation method), the cost shall be included in this item and shall be full compensation for all labour,
P
equipment and materials required to carry out the work including subsequently removing the temporary
' protection system and performing any necessary restoration work.
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1 Page 20
December 2014
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
RUSSELL STREET SANITARY SEWER EXTENSION
CONTRACT NO. 17071
' ADDENDUM NO. 1
I
Plan takers should note the following:
pits will be dug Test by the Owner at the job site on Thursday,May 17, 2018 at
' 10:00 a.m. sharp. This will include two test pits, one at either end of the jack and
bore location.
(2) Encroachment Permit from MTO was applied for on April 25,2018 related to the work
under the road. Tenderers are advised that construction within the Provincial Highway 21
road allowance will not be allowed to commence until the Permit is received by the
Owner.
I
' B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Engineers and Planners
62 North Street
Goderich, ON N7A 2T4
Phone: (519) 524-2641
Fax: (519) 524-4403
' www.bmross.net
May 3, 2018
1
I
t
i
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
RUSSELL STREET SANITARY
' SEWER EXTENSION
CONTRACT NO. 17071
1
1
JBMROSS�
111j engineering better communities
1
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
RUSSELL STREET SANITARY
SEWER EXTENSION
I
CONTRACT NO. 17071
' INDEX TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
' Description Page
' Addendum No. 1 Front Cover
Information to Bidders IB-1 —IB-12
Tender
Form of Tender T-1 —T-6
Standard Tender Requirements T-A&T-B
' Statement re Sub-Contractors
Agreement to Bond
Performance Bond
Labour and Material Payment Bond
Schedule of Plans, Specifications, General Conditions& Standards
Index to Special Provisions
Special Provisions SP-1 to SP-33
Supplemental General Conditions SGC-1 &SGC-2
General Conditions—OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev. Date: 11/2006
Agreement A-1-A-4
Municipality of Kincardine Corporate Statement Occupational Health and Safety
Contract Release
Statutory Declaration Re: Liens, Liabilities &Payment of Accounts
' Standards
Appendix A—Geotechnical Borehole Information
1
I
1
1
1
i
1
1
INFORMATION TO BIDDERS
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Y:\Project Mgmt_Resources\Forms Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Info.to Bidders.docx
1
1
I
INDEX TO INFORMATION TO BIDDERS(February 2018)
I
1) Date and Place for Receiving Tenders IB-1
2) Tender Deposit IB-1
3) Submission of Tender IB-1
I
4) Clarification IB-2
5) Withdrawal of Tender IB-2
6) Disqualification of Tender IB-2
I
7) Form of Agreement 113-2
8) Competency of Bidders IB-2
9) Supervision of Work IB-2 11110) Sub-Contractors IB-3
11) Tender Acceptance IB-3
12) Performance and Payment Bonds IB-3 I 13) Insurance IB-3
14) Completion Date and Liquidated Damages IB-4
15) Disposal and Use of Excavated and Excess Materials IB-5
I
16) Taxes IB-5
17) Regulation of Pits and Quarries IB-6
18) Salvageable Material IB-6
19) Geotechnical Investigation Report IB-6
I
20) Utilities IB-6
21) Occupational Health and Safety Act IB-6
22) Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Certificates IB-6
I
23) Contract Release IB-7
24) Use of Premises IB-7
25) Taking of Water for Short-term Construction Dewatering IB-7 I 26) Hot Mix Plant-Environmental Protection Act 113-7
27) Restrictions on Open Burning IB-8
28) Night, Sunday,and Holiday Work IB-8
29) Drainage 113-8
30) Bribery IB-8
31) Provisions for Traffic,Access, and Protection IB-9
I
32) Cold Weather Concrete IB-9
33) Falsework IB-9
34) Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles IB-10
35) Protection of Trees IB-10
I
36) Ontario Provincial Standards 1B-10
37) Guaranteed Maintenance(Part 1) IB-11
38) Guaranteed Maintenance(Part 2) IB-11
I
39) Garbage Collection and Blue Box Recycling 1B-11
40) Dust Control 1B-11
41) Disposal of Waste Asphalt 1B-11
I
I
I
I
I
' B3-1
INFORMATION TO BIDDERS
1
1) DATE AND PLACE FOR RECEIVING TENDERS:
' Tenders will be received by:
Clerk's Department
' Attention:Adam Weishar,Director of Public Works
Municipality of Kincardine
1475 Concession 5,R.R.5
Kincardine,ON,N2Z 2X6
' until 12:00:59 p.m.(Local Time),Friday May 25,2018.
as stated in the official tender call advertisement.
2) TENDER DEPOSIT:
Each tender must be accompanied by a tender deposit in the form of a certified cheque payable to:
' Municipality of Kincardine
for the amount of:
Forty Thousand Dollars($40,000.00).
This deposit shall serve as evidence of good faith that if awarded the contract,the bidder will execute and
enter into a formal agreement with the Owner within the time required and will furnish the security
' required to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of this contract.
The tender deposit of the bidder whose tender is accepted shall be forfeited by him should he fail to
' execute a contract and provide the satisfactory bonds,referred to hereafter,within ten(10)days after
receiving written notice from the Contract Administrator of the award of the contract to him.
' The deposits of unsuccessful bidders will be returned within thirty(30)days of the award of the contract.
The deposit of the successful bidder shall be returned upon receipt of the performance bond and the
signed contract.
' 3) SUBMISSION OF TENDER:
a) Form of Tender:
Tenders shall be submitted on the blank form herewith provided and shall give the lump sum and/or unit
prices for the work,and the total tender shall be described in both words and figures.Bidders will be
required to add Harmonized Sales Tax(HST)on the tender form in the space provided.The tender shall
be signed by the bidder on page T-B of the Form of Tender and delivered in a sealed,opaque envelope,
clearly marked TENDER.
I
IB-2 '
b) Statement re Sub-Contractors:
Where included in the contract documents,each bidder shall complete along with the tender,a list of 1
proposed Sub-Contractors showing the value of the work to be sublet to each. The value of work sublet
shall not exceed 50%of the total work to any one subcontractor without written authorization of the
Contract Administrator. Failure to provide this list may render the tender invalid. ,
c) Agreement to Bond:
Bidders must have the"Agreement to Bond"forms, or equivalent,of this contract completed by their '
bonding company,and the same must be submitted with their tender in order to validate their bid.
4) CLARIFICATION: '
Any details in question on this contract or in the accompanying plans shall be clarified by the bidder prior
to submitting the bid. The unit prices as tendered shall include the supply of all permits, labour,
equipment,and materials except where noted that are necessary to complete the contract.
5) WITHDRAWAL OF TENDER:
A bidder will be allowed to withdraw their tender unopened after it has been deposited if such request is
received in writing prior to the time specified for the closing of tenders.
6) DISQUALIFICATION OF TENDER:
Tenders will not be considered where:
a) They are received after the official closing time stated in IB 1).
b) They are not properly executed,and the associated documentation is not complete.
c) They are not accompanied by a certified deposit cheque.
d) They are submitted by fax or electronically.
More than one tender from an individual, firm,partnership or association under the same or different
names will not be considered. Collusion between bidders will be sufficient cause for rejection of all
tenders so affected.
7) FORM OF AGREEMENT: '
It is not necessary to complete the"Form of Agreement"when submitting your tender,but the successful
bidder shall be required to complete the form upon notification of the award of the contract. ,
8) COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS:
Bidders and Sub-Contractors must be capable of performing the various items of work bid upon. They
may be required to furnish a statement covering experience on similar work,list of machinery available
for the proposed work,and such statements of their financial resources as may be deemed necessary.
9) SUPERVISION OF WORK: '
In accordance with Section GC7.01.10 of the General Conditions,the Contractor shall have an authorized
representative onsite while any work is being performed to supervise the work and act for or on the
Contractor's behalf. This may include attendance by the Contractor's representative at site meetings as
may be reasonably scheduled by the Contract Administrator.
1
I
I
I IB-3
10) SUB-CONTRACTORS:
IThe Contract Administrator shall reserve the right to review the Sub-Contractors proposed at the time of
tendering and to approve any Sub-Contractors proposed after the contract is awarded.
I11) TENDER ACCEPTANCE:
Bidders are notified that any unbalanced items,errors,or omissions in the tender may render the tender
Iinvalid.
Contractors are notified that each tender shall continue open to acceptance by the Owner until the formal
I contract is executed by the successful bidder or until at least thirty(30)days after the tender closing date,
whichever occurs first. The Owner may at any time within that period,without notice, accept this tender
whether any other tender had been previously accepted or not.
IThe accepted bidder shall provide a Clearance Certificate from the Workplace Safety and Insurance
Board.
IThe lowest price bid or any bid will not necessarily be accepted. The Owner reserves the right to reject
any or all tenders and to award to other than the lowest bidder as the interests of the Owner may require.
I12) PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS:
The Contractor,upon receipt of written notice from the Owner awarding the contract,shall provide a
IPerformance Bond and a separate Labour and Material Payment Bond,each in the amount of one hundred
percent(100%)of the total tender to guarantee the performance of all obligations of the contract. These
Bonds shall be supplied to the Owner within ten(10)days of the acceptance of the tender,and shall be at
I
the expense of the Contractor.
13) INSURANCE:
IGC 6.03.01 —General has been amended as follows:
I Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02,Indemnification,the Contractor shall
provide,maintain,and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02—General
Liability Insurance and GC 6.03.03 —Automobile Liability Insurance. Insurance coverage in
I clauses GC 6.03.04.01—Aircraft Liability Insurance,GC 6.03.04.02—Watercraft Liability
Insurance,GC 6.03.05.01 —Property Insurance,GC 6.03.05.02—Boiler Insurance, and GC
6.03.06—Contractor's Equipment Insurance shall be required as listed below:
I
a) Aircraft Liability Insurance: The Contract Administrator,on behalf of the Owner,will be
requesting proof of valid insurance whenever aircraft are anticipated to be used during the course
of construction.
Ib) Watercraft Liability Insurance: The Contract Administrator, on behalf of the Owner,will be
requesting proof of valid insurance whenever watercraft are anticipated to be used during the
Icourse of construction.
c) Contractor's Equipment Insurance: The Contract Administrator,on behalf of the Owner,may be
I
requesting proof of insurance.
I
I
IB-4
GC 6.03.02.01-General Liability Insurance,has been amended as follows:
General liability insurance and completed operations coverage shall both be in the name of the I
Contractor,with the Owner,the Contract Administrator and the Ministry of Transportation,
named as additional insureds,both with the limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive
per occurrence for bodily injury,death,and damage to property including loss thereof,with a
property damage deductible of not more than$5,000. The form of this insurance shall be the
Insurance Bureau of Canada Form IBC 2100 or equivalent.
GC 6.03.07.01 has been amended as follows:
The duration of each insurance policy,excluding completed operations coverage,shall be from
the date of commencement of the Work until 10 days after the date of Final Acceptance of the
Work,as set out in the final Acceptance Certificate. Completed operations coverage shall be
maintained for six years from the date of Final Acceptance. I
14) COMPLETION DATE AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES:
a) Time: I
Time shall be the essence of this agreement.
b) Progress of the Work and Time for Completion:
Part 1 —The Contractor shall start this contract on or after.July 3,2018 I
The Contractor shall complete this contract in its entirety by: Part 1—August 31,2018
Part 2—July 26,2019 I
If this time limit above specified is not sufficient to permit completion of the work by the Contractor
working a normal number of hours each day or week on a single daylight shift basis,it is expected that
additional and/or augmented daylight shifts will be required throughout the life of the contract to the
extent deemed necessary by the Contractor to ensure that the work will be completed within the time limit
specified. Any additional costs occasioned by compliance with these provisions will be considered to be
included in the prices bid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed
therefore.
If the Contractor is delayed in the completion of the work, I
1) by reason of changes or alterations made under Section GC3.07 of the General Conditions;
2) by reason of any breach of contract or prevention by the Owner or other Contractor of the Owner
or any employee of any one of them;
3) by reason of delay by the Owner issuing instructions or information or in delivering materials;
4) by any other act or neglect of the Owner or any other Contractor of the Owner or any employee
of any one of them;
5) for any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor;
or
6) by Acts of God,or of the Public Enemy,Acts of the Province or of any Foreign State,Fire, I
Floods,Epidemics,Quarantine Restrictions,Embargoes or delays of Sub-Contractors due to such
causes,
I
I
I
I IB-5
the time of completion shall be extended in writing at any time on such terms and for such period as shall
I be determined by the Contract Administrator,and notwithstanding such extensions,time shall continue to
be deemed of the essence of this contract.
I An application by the Contractor for an extension of time as herein provided shall be made to the Owner
in writing at least fifteen(15)days prior to the date of completion fixed by the contract. All bonds or
other surety furnished to the Owner by the Contractor shall be amended where necessary at the expense of
the Contractor to provide coverage beyond the date of any extension of time granted,and the Contractor
Ishall furnish the Owner with evidence of such amendment of the bonds or other surety.
Any extension of time that may be granted to the Contractor shall be so granted and accepted without
I prejudice to any rights of the Owner whatsoever under this contract,and all such rights shall continue in
full force and effect after the time limited in this contract for the completion of the work and whenever in
this contract power and authority is given to the Owner or the Contract Administrator or any person to
I take any action consequent upon the act,default,breach,neglect,delay,non-observance or
non-performance by the Contractor in respect of the work or contract,or any portion thereof, such powers
or authorities may be exercised from time to time and not only in the event of the happening of such
I contingencies before the time limited in this contract for the completion of the work but also in the event
of the same happening after the time so limited in the case of the Contractor being permitted to proceed
with the execution of the work under an extension of time granted by the Contract Administrator.
rc) Liquidated Damages:
It is agreed by the parties to the contract that in case all the work called for under the contract is not
Ifmished or completed within the date of completion,damages will be sustained by the Owner,and that it
is and will be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual damage which
the Owner will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay and the parties hereto agree that the
I Contractor will pay to the Owner the sum of One Thousand Dollars($1,000.00)per day for liquidated
damages for each and every calendar day's delay in finishing the work beyond the date of completion
prescribed,and it is agreed that this amount is an estimate of actual damage to the Owner which will
Iaccrue during the period in excess of the prescribed date of completion.
The Owner may deduct any amount under this paragraph from any monies that may be due or payable to
I the Contractor on any account whatsoever. The liquidated damages payable under this paragraph are in
addition to and without prejudice to any other remedy, action or other alternative that may be available to
the Owner.
I15) DISPOSAL AND USE OF EXCAVATED AND EXCESS MATERIALS:
OPSS 180 shall apply to this contract. Excess materials shall be disposed of within or outside of the
Icontract limits as set out elsewhere in the contract.
16) TAXES:
IHarmonized Sales Tax(HST):
The 13 %Harmonized Sales Tax will be paid on all work performed within the contract. It will be listed
I as a separate item on all tender documents and adjusted on fmal payment in accordance with the final
contract price.
I
I
i
IB-6 '
17) REGULATION OF PITS AND QUARRIES:
Bill 120,An Act to Regulate Pits and Quarries and to Provide for their Rehabilitation shall be applicable 1
in such parts of Ontario as the Lieutenant Governor shall from time to time designate by Regulation.
All costs related to this specification will be deemed to have been included in the appropriate tender items 1
and no separate payment will be made therefore.
18) SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL: 1
All existing materials along the line of construction deemed salvageable by the Contract Administrator
shall be delivered to the storage site designated by the Contract Administrator. All other materials that, in
the opinion of the Contract Administrator,cannot be salvaged-shall be disposed of outside the limits of
the contract,as directed by the Contract Administrator or at locations arranged for by the Contractor at his
own expense. The Contractor will be responsible for all clean-up after construction to the complete 111satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
19) GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION REPORT:
If a geotechnical investigation was performed for this contract,the report will be made available at the
office of the Contract Administrator for inspection by any bidder but the office of the Contract
Administrator assumes no responsibility for any errors or omissions which may be inherent in the soils
report. Neither the Owner nor the Contract Administrator warrants interpretations of data or opinions
expressed in any subsurface report.
20) UTILITIES:
The location and depth of the utilities shown on the contract drawings are based on information obtained
111
from the applicable operating authority. It is the Contractor's responsibility to contact the Municipal
Authorities or Utility Companies for further information in regard to the exact location of these utilities or
other utilities not shown on the drawings and to exercise the necessary care in construction operations and
to take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard the utilities from damage. This provision
shall also apply to all storm and sanitary sewers,and the Contractor shall be completely responsible for
the replacement or repair of any utilities or sewers damaged because of their operations.
111
The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements for pipe support as provided by the utility company.
21) OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT 1
The Contractor's attention is drawn to the regulations issued by the Ministry of Labour for the Province of
Ontario under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. The Contractor acknowledges that they will 1
comply with these regulations and that they will be the Constructor under said Act as it relates to the
completion of this contract.
22) WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD CERTIFICATES 1
The Contractor shall submit a current clearance certificate from the Workplace Safety and Insurance
Board(WSIB)in advance of each monthly payment. Payment certificates will not be issued without
receipt of a valid Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Certificate.
1
1
i
' IB-7
23) CONTRACT RELEASE:
Prior to receiving the Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates based on Substantial Performance
or Completion,the Contractor shall complete,in triplicate,the Contract Release and the Statutory
Declaration re Payments of Accounts and Liens&Liabilities on the forms bound herein. Only the
' original, signed forms will be accepted by the Contract Administrator.
24) USE OF PREMISES:
The Contractor shall confine the apparatus,the storage of materials,and the operations of workers to
limits indicated by law, ordinances,permits or directions of the Contract Administrator and shall not
unreasonably encumber the premises with materials. Use of any adjacent property for storage purposes
will be the Contractor's full responsibility and will in no wayinvolve the Owner. The Contractor shall
Po tY
' secure permission from each propertyowner before trespassing on any property.
25) TAKING OF WATER FOR SHORT-TERM CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING:
The taking of water for short-term construction dewatering and the control of water from the dewatering
' operations shall be performed in accordance with OPSS 517—Construction Specification for Dewatering
of Pipeline,Utility,and Associated Structure Excavation;OPSS 518—Construction Specification for
Control of Water From Dewatering Operations;The Ontario Water Resources Act(OWRA) Section 34-
34,11 and Ontario Regulation 387/04(Water Taking and Transfer)and Ontario Regulation 63/16
(Registrations Under Part 11.2 of the Act-Water Taking)
' One of the many criteria that the Ministry of Environment and Climate Change(MOECC)has
established,when evaluating the need for a Permit to Take Water is the quantity of the water taking.
Permits are not required if the water taking is less than 50,000 L/day.Registry of the water taking activity
with the Environmental Activity and Sector Registry(EASR)is required if the water taking exceeds
50,000 L/day and is less than 400,000 L/day. A Permit to Take Water(PTTW)is required if the water
taking exceeds 400,000 L/day.
Where the Contractor will be required to register with the EASR or apply for a PTTW, a qualified person
must be retained by the Contractor,to scientifically demonstrate the water taking requirements. If the
assessment demonstrates that the potential water taking is greater than 50,000 L/day but less than 400,000
IL/day,all requirements of Ontario Regulation 63/16 must be met.It may be the Contractor's requirement
to develop a water taking plan,a water discharge plan,assess off-site impacts,monitor,test,record,etc.
for the short-term construction dewatering activity. All documents required for the Registry or the PTTW
' must be submitted to the Contract Administrator.
To review the complete requirements for either a PTTW or registry with the EASR visit:
' Guide to Permit to Take Water Application Form:
https://www.ontario.ca/document/guide-permit-take-water-application-form
' The Environmental Activity and Sector Registry:
https://www.ontario.ca/page/environmental-activity-and-sector-registry
26) HOT MIX PLANT—ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT:
The attention of the Contractor is drawn to the Environmental Protection Act,RSO 1980,and regulations
under this Act. Compliance with these regulations does not relieve the Contractor of contractual
' obligations as set out in the General Conditions, Section GC7.01.
i
IB-8
27) RESTRICTIONS ON OPEN BURNING:
Any open burning must be in conformity with local municipal by-laws,regulations pursuant to The I
Ontario Fire Code and the conditions noted below. Open burning which does not conform to these
policies may be in contravention of the Environmental Protection Act,RSO 1990.
a) The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for conducting open burning in accordance with
the safety measures required by police and fire services and the Ministry of Natural Resources
and Forestry and other regulatory bodies having jurisdiction.
b) Open burning is prohibited in areas subjected to a smog alert advisory as issued by the MOECC.
c) The Contractor shall inform the District Officer of the Regional Operations Division of the
Ministry of Environment and Climate Change, one week in advance,of the date when burning
will commence.
d) All open fires shall be limited as much as possible to daylight hours.
e) All open fires shall be attended at all times.
f) Open burning shall be located within the contract limits,no closer than 30 m to water bodies,and
no closer than 150 m to any dwelling and shall be conducted in a manner that prevents odour,
excessive smoke,material discomfort to nearby recipients,and a decrease in visibility on any
roadway.
g) No open fires shall be maintained when the wind is in such a direction as to cause a decrease in
visibility on any highway.
h) Open fires shall not be started on days of adverse weather such as rain,fog, or other conditions '
that prevent the ready dispersion of smoke. During the fire season this condition may be
exempted in the fire zone,provided there are no occupied dwellings within 600 m.
i) Materials to be burned shall consist of wood wastes only and shall not be burned in such a
manner as to cause odour,excessive smoke or other material discomfort to nearby receptors.
j) Debris from open fires shall not be piled adjacent to or discharged into watercourses.
k) Open fires shall not be located between Sta. and Sta. . Where open burning is
prohibited or impractical in specific areas of this contract,brush and debris may,as an alternative
to burning,be disposed of outside the right-of-way in a manner approved by the Contract
Administrator, so as not to be unsightly or potentially unsightly from any highway. The
Contractor shall arrange for disposal areas at his own expense.
28) NIGHT,SUNDAY,AND HOLIDAY WORK:
Work during the night,on Sundays or on Statutory Holidays shall not be permitted without the written
permission of the Contract Administrator.
29) DRAINAGE:
The Contractor shall keep all portions of the work properly and efficiently drained during construction
and until completion,and will be held responsible for all damage which may be caused or result from
water backing up or flowing over,through,from or along any part of the works,or which any of the
operations may cause to flow elsewhere. 1
30) BRIBERY:
Should the Contractor or any of the agents give or offer any gratuity to,or attempt to bribe any officer or
servant of the Owner,the Owner shall be at liberty to cancel the contract forthwith or to direct the
Contract Administrator to take the whole or any part of the works out of the hands of the Contractor.
Bribery shall be considered as non-fulfilment of the contract by the Contractor.
IB-9
31) PROVISIONS FOR TRAFFIC,ACCESS,AND PROTECTION:
a) Urban Areas:
Traffic shall be maintained at all times during construction for private access,but detours to streets
' adjacent to the work will be permitted with permission from the Contract Administrator. When requested
by the Contract Administrator,the roadway shall be kept open by placing sufficient granular material to
carry traffic.
' If it is desirable to detour traffic during the construction of any part of the work,the Contractor shall
supply,place and maintain proper detour signs,including adequate barricades and lights to clearly mark
' such detours throughout their entire length to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. The routing
of such detours will be approved by the Contract Administrator.
' The Contractor shall be responsible for grading and maintaining any streets used as detours or haul roads
and shall restore these roads to their original condition. The Contract Administrator may require that
Granular"A"or Calcium Chloride be applied at the Contractor's expense to a street before allowing its
use as a detour,or during the period of use.
b) Rural Areas:
If required under the Special Provision item,the Contractor shall construct a detour to carry vehicular
traffic. The Contractor shall place proper detour signs,including adequate barricades and lights to clearly
mark this detour throughout the entire length and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
c) General:
' The Contractor shall be responsible for signing the detour and the detour shall be as per the Ontario
Traffic Manual for roadway work operations under OTM Book 7(Temporary Conditions). As per Book
7,the Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan a minimum of one week prior to any necessary traffic
' control measures. A copy of this plan will be kept on file by the Owner.
The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining proper signs,barricades,and lights at all points along
' the line of construction that may be hazardous. The Contractor will provide good vehicular access at all
times,for all residents who presently have access along the line of construction.
Where applicable,the Contractor shall supply an adequate number of flagmen/women to direct traffic at
' all times during construction as required by the Contract Administrator.
32) COLD WEATHER CONCRETE:
' Unless otherwise specifically stated in the Special Provisions,the bidders shall note that no additional
payment will be made for heating or cooling of concrete or housing of structure and heating of the
' housing enclosure.
33) FALSEWORK:
All falsework drawings shall bear the seal and signature of a Professional Engineer who is a member of or
is licensed by the Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario. The drawings shall include the
following information: The type of work and grade of all materials, including sills to be used in the
' falsework;Design loads on mud sills or other falsework supports; Horizontal forces imposed on the
IB-l0 '
falsework and used for design purposes;Details of splices of supports for motorized finishing machines,
and the like. The Contractor is to submit three copies of the drawings to the Engineer at least one week
prior to construction of the falsework.
The grades and stresses of all materials shall be in accordance with the Canadian Standards Association
(C.S.A.)latest revisions to standards CAN 086.1-M and 5269.1. The deflection of beams used for
falsework shall be limited to 1/360 of the span and shall be noted on the drawings.
The completed falsework shall be reviewed on site and certified as being in general conformance with the
falsework design. The letter of certification shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer
licenced in Ontario. Such certification shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator not less than 24
hours prior to pouring concrete. '
34) EXCESS LOADING OF MOTOR VEHICLES:
For the purpose of this contract,payment for weighed items is as follows: ,
Vehicles hauling material being measured for payment by weight will be paid for the actual amount
of material hauled.
This shall not be construed to mean that the Owner condones excess loading of motor vehicles and
in no way permits the overloading of vehicles or absolves the Contractor from complying with the
provisions of the Highway Traffic Act.
35) PROTECTION OF TREES:
The Contractor's operations shall not cause damage to the trunk or branches of trees,or flooding or 1
sediment deposits on areas where trees are not designated for removal.
Protective measures shall be taken to safeguard trees from contract operations,equipment and vehicles. '
Unless stated elsewhere in the contract,equipment or vehicles shall not be parked,repaired,refuelled,
construction materials shall not be stored, and earth materials shall not be stockpiled within the dripline
area of any tree not designated for removal. Where the contract requires work within the dripline of trees,
operation of equipment shall be kept to the minimum necessary to perform the work required. Within
five calendar days of any damaged that may occur,branches 25 mm or greater in diameter that are
broken, shall be cut back cleanly at the break or to within 10 mm of their base, if a substantial portion of
the branch is damaged.
Roots 25 mm or larger in diameter that are exposed by the Contractor's operation shall be cut back ,
cleanly to the soil surface within five calendar days of exposure. Bark that is damaged by the Contractor's
operation shall be neatly trimmed back to uninjured bark,without causing further injury,within five
calendar days of damage. All damaged areas shall be treated with an approved tree paint after trimming
of damaged section of tree.
36) ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS: '
Bidders are hereby advised that the Ontario Provincial Standards apply to this contract and are to be used
where applicable. Bidders are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the latest revisions of the
Ontario Provincial Standards.
r
I IB-11
37) GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE: (Part 1)
5 % of the value of the work will be retained for a period of 12 months following the date of
completion as a guarantee of the proper performance of the work included in the contract.This amount
will be released without interest upon expiry of the maintenance period and correction of all deficiencies.
The maintenance holdback will be held in addition to the 10%holdback required by the Construction
Lien Act. The holdback will be retained by the Owner,commencing during the latter part of the period of
' construction and generally not before the contract is approximately 80%complete.
No alternate forms of security will be considered.
38) GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE: (Part 2)
5 % of the value of the work will be retained for a period of 12 months following the date of
completion as a guarantee of the proper performance of the work included in the contract.This amount
will be released without interest upon expiry of the maintenance period and correction of all deficiencies.
The maintenance holdback will be held in addition to the 10%holdback required by the Construction
Lien Act. The holdback will be retained by the Owner,commencing during the latter part of the period of
construction and generally not before the contract is approximately 80%complete.
' No alternate forms of security will be considered.
39) GARBAGE COLLECTION AND BLUE BOX RECYCLING:
The Contractor shall be responsible for co-ordinating the collection of all garbage and blue box recycling,
within the limits of the contract during construction,with the appropriate authority.
40) DUST CONTROL
The Contractor shall take such steps,as may be required to prevent dust nuisance resulting from the
operations either within the contract limits, on detours,or elsewhere,or by public traffic,where it is the
Contactor's responsibility to maintain a roadway through the work.
Where the work requires the sawing of asphalt or the sawing or grinding of concrete,blades and grinders
of the wet type shall be used together with sufficient water to prevent the incidence of dust,wherever dust
would affect traffic or wherever dust would be a nuisance to residents of the area where the work is being
carried out.
' The cost of all preventative measures required by the Contract Administrator outside the limits of the
contract shall be borne by the Contractor. The cost of such measures within the contract shall be borne by
the Contractor except in contracts where tender items include"Water for Compaction and Dust Control"
' or"Calcium Chloride"or both. In such cases,the Contractor shall be paid by the Owner at the contract
unit price(s)for the appropriate item(s).
' 41) DISPOSAL OF WASTE ASPHALT
Asphalt pavement and/or prime surface asphalt required for removal in carrying out the work of the
various tender items included in this contract shall be disposed of either within the roadbed or outside the
contract limits.
I
r
IB-12
Disposal outside the contract limits shall be at a certified waste disposal site for asphalt.
Disposal of asphalt within the roadbed must be crushed and not contaminated with non-granular material. 1
The crushed asphalt may be used for backfill to sewers or as selected fill material.
The contract price for the item requiring such work shall be full compensation for excavating,crushing, I
loading,hauling,and levelling and for all other work which may be required to dispose of the asphalt
material and for providing a suitable site for material which is to be disposed of within the roadbed or
outside the contract limits. '
I
i
I
1
I
1
T-1
FORM OF TENDER
1 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
RUSSELL STREET SANITARY
SEWER EXTENSION
CONTRACT NO. 17071
Tender by Omega Contractors Inc.
Iresiding at 4104 Breck Ave.
' London,ON N6L 1B5
a company duly incorporated under the laws of Ontario
and having its head office at 4104 Breck Ave.,London,ON
Ihereinafter called the "Bidder"
' To--Municipality of Kincardine
I/We Omgea Contractors Inc.
Ihaving carefully examined the locality and site of the proposed works and all tender documents relating
thereto, including the Form of Agreement,Special Provisions,Contract Drawings,Information to Bidders,
IStandard Specifications,Standard Drawings,Form of Tender, Supplemental General Conditions,General
Conditions and Addendum/Addenda Numbers 1 to 2* inclusive,hereby tender and offer in accordance
therewith to enter into a contract within the prescribed time,to construct the said work in strict accordance
' with the contract documents and such further detail drawings as may be supplied from time to time,and to
furnish all labour,materials,tools,plant,matters and things necessary therefore,complete and ready for use
Iwithin the time specified for the sum,including HST,of
One Million Eighty-Four Thousand One Hundred Dollars and Nineteen Cents
($1,084,100.19)
I or such other sum as is determined from the actual measured quantities at the unit prices set forth in the
Tender.
* The bidder will insert here the number of the Addenda received during the tendering period and
taken into account when preparing the Tender.
= I E I = M N - N = MI =I IIIII =I IMINI
T-2R
THE AFORESAID SUM IS MADE UP AS FOLLOWS:
' SCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND PRICES
IItem Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
PART 1 --RUSSELL STREET
ROADWORK
1 310,SP Hot Mix Asphalt
' a) Hot Mix HL-4 645 t $ 111.24 $ 71,749.80
' 2 330,510, Full depth asphalt removal 4770 m2 $ 2.70 $ 12,879.00
SP
2a 506 Dust Suppressant-Calcium chloride solid 3 t $ 1,739.40 $ 5,218.20
3 408, SP Adjust existing maintenance holes and 1 Ea. $ 565.49 $ 565.49
catch basins
4 407,SP Supply maintenance hole covers and/or 1 Ea. $ 1,099.03 $ 1,099.03
catch basin frame and grates
' 5 N/A
6 510, SP Removal of existing maintenance holes
' and catch basins
a) Maintenance holes 1 Ea. $ 891.63 $ 891.63
Sub-Total Roadwork-- $ 92,403.15
ISTORM SEWERS
' 7 401,409, Supply, excavate for and place storm
410,492, pipe sewers including bedding,
' 517,518, granular backfill and restoration
SP
a) 300 mm HDPE CSA B 182.6 37 m $ 198.67 $ 7,350.79
or equivalent
Sub-Total Storm Sewers-- $ 7,350.79
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1 T-3R
Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount
ISANITARY SEWERS
8 401,409, Supply,excavate for and place sanitary
410, 517, sewer pipe including bedding,native
518, SP backfill and restoration of roadway
' including granulars to underside of
base asphalt
' a) 200 mm PVC SDR-35 6 m $ 707.83 $ 4,246.98
' b) 375 mm PVC SDR-35 629 m $ 338.68 $ 213,029.72
9 402,407, Supply,excavate for,place and 8 Ea. $ 8,290.61 $ 66,324.88
' 517,518, backfill 1200 mm precast maintenance
SP holes(OPSD 701.010)including
benching,frame and cover
10 407, SP Supply and install safety platforms 2 Ea. $ 900.00 $ 1,800.00
' (1200 mm)
11 SP Rigid board insulation 135 m2 $ 56.69 $ 7,653.15
12 SP Supply,excavate for and place 2 Ea. $ 2,964.65 $ 5,929.30
' concrete encasement
13 416, SP Boring and steel pipe encasement
' and restoration
' a) 900 mm dia. steel pipe encasement 53 m $ 3,119.26 $ 165,320.78
(9.525 mm)minimum wall thickness
and restoration
' b) Supply and placement of grout in void 1 L.S. $ 7,525.00
between Casing and Carrier Pipe(Provisional)
' Sub-Total Sanitary Sewers-- $ 471,829.81
WATERMAINS
14 401,492, Supply,excavate for,place watermain,
' 441,442, including bedding,native backfill and
517,518, restoration
SP
a) 300 mm PVC DR18 113 m $ 302.02 $ 34,128.26
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T-4R
PriceAmount
Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit
I
15 492,441, Supply,excavate for,place and
517,518, backfill ductile iron fittings, including
' SP cathodic protection,mechanical
thrust restraints
' a) 300 mm 22.5°bend 1 Ea. $ 746.59 $ 746.59
' b) 300 mm 45°bend 1 Ea. $ 595.10 $ 595.10
c) 300 mm dia.gate valves 2 Ea. $ 3,747.37 $ 7,494.74
d) 300 mm cap,complete with 50 mm 1 Ea. $ 718.41 $ 718.41
blowoff assembly
e) Connect to existing watermain 1 Ea. $ 5,300.38 $ 5,300.38
' 16 441, SP Swabbing,hydrostatic pressure testing, 1 L.S. $ 2,014.60
disinfection,and flushing of watermains
17 416, SP Boring and steel pipe encasement
and restoration
a) 750 mm dia. steel pipe encasement 51 m $ 2,885.07 $ 147,138.57
' (9.525 mm)minimum wall thickness
and restoration
' b) Supply and placement of grout in void 1 L.S. $ 5,160.00
between Casing and Carrier Pipe(Provisional)
' Sub-Total Watermains-- $ 203,296.65
Total Part 1 -- $ 774,880.40
I
PART 2-2019 TOP COAT ASPHALT(RUSSELL STREET)
1 310,SP Hot Mix Asphalt
' a) Hot Mix HL-3 520 t $ 109.64 $ 57,012.80
' b) Tack Coat 4800 m2 $ 0.95 $ 4,560.00
2-4 N/A
1
1
1
1
1
1
T-5
I
Item SP # Description QhJUnit Price Amount
r5 SP Maintenance hole lift rings 7 Ea. $ 320.00 $ 2,240.00
I6-17 N/A
TOTAL PART 2-- $ 63,812.80
1
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS(Inclusive to All Parts)
I 18 706,SP Traffic control andestrian safety1 L.S. $ 900.00
Ped
1
19 SP Cost of 100%Performance and 100% 1 L.S. $ 18,665.51
Labour and Material Payment Bonds
I
and cost of insurance
20 SP Lump sum to cover all other requirements 1 L.S. $ 62,915.79
Iof the contract not specifically covered
by or related to the preceding items
ITotal Miscellaneous Items-- $ 82,48130
IPROVISIONAL ITEMS(Inclusive to All Parts)
21 314,401, Supply and place approved imported 1000 t $ 15.18 $ 15,180.00
ISP granular material in sewer trenches
where native material is unsuitable,
I including removal of a similar amount
of unsuitable material
I 22 314, SP Supply and place imported granular 200 t $ 10.75 $ 2,150.00
bedding where conditions warrant
I
and as directed
23 410,504, Reconnect existing drains and 10 m $ 47.72 $ 477.20
IIISP services (up to 250 mm dia.)
24 805, SP Erosion control
Ia) Silt fence 50 m $ 7.98 $ 399.00
25 SP Contingencies 1 L.S. $ 20,000.00
I
Total Provisional Items-- $ 38,206.20
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
T-6
1
Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount
r
Total Part 1 $ 774,880.40
' Total Part 2 $ 63,812.80
' Total Miscellaneous Items $ 82,481.30
Total Provisional Items $ 38,206.20
' Sub-Total $ 959,380.70
' 13% HST $ 124,719.49
TOTAL TENDER $ 1,084,100.19
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
T-A
STANDARD TENDER REQUIREMENTS
1 work withintimes specified in the Information to Bidders.
I/We agree to complete the or the pec
I/We also agree that this Tender is subject to a formal contract being prepared and executed.
I/We also agree that the Owner shall have the option of:
Deleting any Part or Parts shown in the Tender.
In submitting this Tender for the work,the Tenderer further declares:
(a) That no person,firm or corporation other than the one whose signature or seal is attached
below,has any interest in this tender or in the contract proposed to be taken;
(b) That this tender is made without any connection,knowledge,comparison of figures or
arrangement with any other company,firm or person making a tender for the same work
and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud;
(c) That no member of the Municipal Council or any officer of the Owner will become
interested directly or indirectly as a contracting party without disclosing his interest and
otherwise complying with"the Municipal Conflict of Interest Act,RSO 1990";
(d) That the offer shown in the Schedule of Items and Prices is to continue open to
acceptance until the formal contract is executed by the successful Tenderer for the said
work or until thirty(30)days after the tender closing date,whichever event occurs first
and that the Owner may at any time within that period without notice,accept this tender
whether any other tender had been previously accepted or not;
(e) That if we,the undersigned,withdraw this tender before the Owner shall have considered
the tenders and awarded the contract at any time within thirty(30)days after the tender
closing date,the amount of the deposit accompanying this tender shall be forfeited to the
Owner,
(f) That the awarding by the Owner of the contract based on this tender shall be an
acceptance of the tender;
(g) The Tenderer solemnly declares that the several matters stated in the foregoing tender are
in all respects true;
T-A Parts.doc
L
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
I
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
T-B
r (h) That if this tender is accepted,we the undersigned agree to furnish an approved surety
bond for the proper fulfilment of the contract and to execute the Agreement in triplicate
within ten(10)days after being notified so to do. In the event of default or failure on our
part to do so,we the undersigned agree that the Owner shall be at liberty to retain the
money deposited by us to the use of the Owner,and to accept the next lowest or any
' tender or to advertise for new tenders or to carry out the works in any other way deemed
best and we also agree to pay to the said Owner the difference between this tender and
any greater sum which the Owner may expend or incur by reason of such default or
failure,or by reason of such acting,as aforesaid,on their part including the cost of any
advertising for new tenders and to indemnify and save harmless the said Owner and its
officers from all loss,damage,cost,charges and expenses which they may suffer or be
' put to by reason of any such default or failure on our part.
' The"Agreement to Bond"of the Aviva Surety
Company,a company lawfully doing business in the Province of Ontario,to furnish a
Performance Bond and a separate Labour and Material Payment Bond,each in an amount equal
' to 100%of the contract price,is enclosed herewith.
A certified cheque for the sum of Forty Thousand Dollars
($40,000.00)is attached hereto.
' DATED AT London this 25th
day of May , 2018 .
(Signed) (Signed and Sealed)
Signature of Witness Signature of Bidder
111 NOTE:
All tenders submitted must be signed by a duly authorized person and either a company seal must
be affixed,or it must be signed by a witness.
T-B 2 Bonds.doc
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
STATEMENT RE: SUB-CONTRACTORS
The following is a list of Sub-Contractors or Sub-Trades intended to be used in the execution of
the contract showing the approximate portion of the work to be allotted to each.
ITEM SUB-CONTRACTORS
' Name and Address Percent of
Contract
1.
Asphalt Lavis-Clinton 4%
' 2.
Bore Jim Robinson—Alsa Craig 20%
3.
Pulverize Claussen Farms -Exeter 1%
' 4.
Video C. C.Dance Sewer Cleaning 1%
5.
' 6.
7.
r 8.
9.
' 10.
11.
12.
Mect
Y:\Projesources\Forms Tem mP later\Contracts\Contract Documents\Sub-Contractors.docx
_ �.�
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AGREEMENT TO BOND
(PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOUR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND)
I **
t
Date: ,20
PROJECT NO.
CONTRACT NO.
TO:
Dear Sirs:
RE:
In consideration of
(hereinafter referred to as "the Owner")accepting the tender of and executing an Agreement with:
I (hereinafter referred to as "the Tenderer")for the construction of
subject to the express conditions that the Owner receive the Performance Bond and the Labour and
Material Payment Bond in accordance with the said tender,we the undersigned hereby agree with the
Owner to become bound to the Owner as surety for the Tenderer in a Performance Bond and a Labour and
Material Payment Bond each in an amount equal to 100%of the contract price,in the forms of
Performance Bond and Labour and Material Payment Bond provided and in accordance with the said
tender,and we agree to furnish the Owner with said Bonds within seven(7)days after notification of the
acceptance of the said tender and execution of the said Agreement by the Owner has been mailed to us.
Yours very truly,
(Seal)
NOTE: This Agreement to Bond must be executed on behalf of the SuretyCompany byits authorized
p y
officers under the company's corporate seal. Of the two forms bound herein, one shall become a part of
the tender and the other shall be retained by the Surety Company.
** Enter the name and address of the Surety Company at the top of the page.
F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\AgToBond-2bonds.doc
1
I
t
1
1
i
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
i
i
1
1
PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No. Project No.
Amount $ Contract No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we
hereinafter called "the Principal"
and
1 hereinafter called "the Surety",
are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto
hereinafter called"the Obligee" its successors and assigns, in the
sum of Dollars($ )
of lawful money of Canada, to be paid unto the Obligee, for which payment well and truly to be
made we the Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind ourselves,our and each of our respective
heirs,executors,administrators, successors and assigns by these presents.
SIGNED AND SEALED with our respective seals and dated this day of
20
WHEREAS by an agreement in writing dated the day of ,20_,
the Principal has entered into a contract with the Obligee,hereinafter called"the Contract",for the
construction, alteration,repair or maintenance of a public work,namely
1 as in the Contract provided,which Contract is by reference herein made a part hereof as fully to all
intents and purposes as though recited in full herein.
NOW THEREFORE THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Principal
shall at all times duly perform and observe the Contract including all the terms and conditions
thereof,to the satisfaction of the Obligee and shall at all times fully indemnify and keep indemnified
the Obligee from and against all and any manner of loss, damage, expense, suits, actions, claims,
liens,proceedings,demands,awards,payments and liabilities arising out of or in any manner based
upon or attributable to the Contract and shall fully reimburse and repay the Obligee for all outlay,
expense,liabilities, or payments incurred or undertaken to be made by the Obligee pursuant to the
Contract, then this obligation shall be void, but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and
1 effect.
I
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
Performance Bond Page 2
Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that there shall be no liability under this
instrument of the Principal and Surety for payment of any claims for labour,material or services used
or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract to the extent the amount of such
claims is paid pursuant to a Labour and Materials Payment Bond.
rProvided always and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Obligee and the Principal have the right
to change,alter and vary the terms of the Contract and that the Obligee may in its discretion at any
time or times take and receive from the Principal any security whatsoever and grant any extension of
time thereon or on any liability of the Principal to the Obligee.
Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Principal and the Surety shall not be
discharged or released from liability hereunder and that such liability shall not be in any way affected
by any such changes,alterations,or variations,taking or receiving of security,or extension of time,
as aforesaid,or by the exercise by the Obligee of any of the rights or power reserved to it under the
Contract or by its forbearance of exercise any such rights or powers, including (but without
restricting the generality of the foregoing) any changes in the extent or nature of the works to be
constructed, altered, repaired or maintained under the Contract, or by any dealing, transaction,
forbearance or forgiveness which may take place between the Principal and the Obligee.
Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Surety shall not be liable for a greater
sum than that specified in this bond.
In Witness Whereof the Principal and the Surety have executed these presents.
I
I
SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PRINCIPAL )
I ) Per:
In the presence of: )
) Per:
) Principal
Witness )
Occupation )
Address ) Surety
1
F:\wp\Contracts\FormsTerformance Bond.doc
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
Bond No. Project No.
Amount $ Contract No.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we
hereinafter called"the Principal",
I and
hereinafter called "the Surety",
are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto
as Trustee,
' hereinafter called the "Obligee", for the use and benefit of the Claimants,their and each of the
their heirs,executors,administrators, successors and assigns, in the amount of
Dollars($ )
of lawful money of Canada, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made we the
Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind ourselves,our and each of our respective heirs,
executors,administrators, successors and assigns by these presents.
WHEREAS by an agreement in writing dated the day of 20
the Principal entered into a contract with the Obligee,hereinafter called"the Contract",for
1
I
which Contract is by reference herein made a part hereof as fully to all intents and purposes as
though recited in full herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if the Principal
shall make payment to all Claimants for all labour and material used or reasonably required for
use in the performance of the Contract,then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it
shall remain in full force and effect, subject,however,to the following conditions:
I
H
t
r
I
Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 2
1. A Claimant for the purpose of this Bond is defined as one having a direct contract with the
Principal for labour,material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the
performance of the Contract, labour and material being construed to include that part of
water, gas,power,light,heat,oil, gasoline,telephone service or rental equipment,directly
applicable to the Contract provided that a person,firm or corporation who rents equipment
to the Principal to be used in the performance of the Contract under a contract which
provides that all or any part of the rent is to be applied towards the purchase price thereof
shall only be a Claimant to the extent of the prevailing industrial rental value of such
equipment for the period during which the equipment was used in the performance of the
Contract.
2. The Principal and the Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee,as
i Trustee,that every Claimant who has not been paid as provided for under the terms of his
contract with the Principal,before the expiration of a period of ninety(90)days after the
date on which the last of such Claimant's work or labour was done or performed or
materials were furnished by such Claimant,may as a beneficiary of the trust herein
provided for, sue on this Bond,prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums
as may be justly due to such Claimant under the terms of his contract with the Principal and
have execution thereon. Provided that the Obligee is not obliged to do or take any act,
action or proceeding against the Surety on behalf of the Claimants,or any of them,to
enforce the provisions of this Bond. If any act, action or proceeding is taken either in the
name of the Obligee or by joining the Obligee as a party to such proceeding,then such act,
action or proceeding, shall be taken on the understanding and basis that the Claimants, or
I any of them,who take such act,action or proceeding shall indemnify and save harmless the
Obligee against all costs,charges and expenses or liabilities incurred thereon and any loss
or damage resulting to the Obligee by reason thereof. Provided still further that, subject to
ithe foregoing terms and conditions,the Claimants or any of them,may use the name of the
Obligee to sue on and enforce the provisions of this Bond.
1 3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any Claimant:
1 (a) Unless such Claimant shall have given written notice within the time limits hereinafter set
forth to each of the Principal,the Surety and the Obligee, stating with substantial accuracy
the amount claimed. Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail, or
served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the Province of Ontario,to
the Principal,the Surety, and the Obligee, at any place where an office is regularly
maintained for the transaction of business by such persons. Such notice shall be given:
1
I
I
I
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
I
Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 3
1 1) in respect of any claim for the amount or any portion thereof required to be held back
from the Claimant by the Principal under either the terms of the Claimant's contract
with the Principal or under the Construction Lien Act, Chapter 6, S.O. 1983 applicable
to the Claimant's contract with the Principal,whichever is the greater within one
hundred and twenty(120)days after such Claimant should have been paid in full under
the Claimants contract with the Principal.
2) in respect of anyclaim other than for the holdback,or portion thereof,referred to
above,within one hundred and twenty(120)days after the date upon which such
( Claimant did, or performed,the last of the work or labour or furnished the last of the
materials for which such claim is made, under the Claimant's contract with the
Principal.
(b) After the expiration of one(1)year following the date on which the Principal ceased work
IOfl the Contract,including work performed under the guarantees provided in the Contract.
(c) Other than in a Court jurisdiction in the Province of Ontario, and the parties hereto agree to
' submit to the jurisdiction of such Court.
4. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by,and to the extent of any payment or
payments made in good faith, and in accordance with the provisions hereof, inclusive of
the payment by the Surety of claims under the Construction Lien Act,whether or not such
claims be presented under and against this Bond.
PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Obligee and the Principal
' have the right to change, alter and vary the terms of the Contract,and that the Obligee may in its
discretion at any time or times take and receive from the Principal any security whatsoever and
grant any extension of time thereon or on any liability of the Principal to the Obligee.
PROVIDED FURTHER and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Principal and the Surety
shall not be discharged or released from liability hereunder and that such liability shall not be in
any way affected by any such changes, alterations,or variations,taking or receiving of security,
or extension of time, as aforesaid, or by the exercise by the Obligee of any of the rights or powers
reserved to it under the Contract or by its forebearance to exercise any such rights or powers,
including(but without restricting the generality of the foregoing)any changes in the extent or
nature of the works to be constructed, altered,repaired or maintained under the Contract,or by
any dealing,transaction, forebearance or forgiveness which may take place between the Principal
and the Obligee.
I
I
I
i
i
I
Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 4
PROVIDED FURTHER and it is herebyagreed and declared that the Suretyshall not be liable
for a greater sum than that specified in this Bond.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Principal and the Surety have AFFIXED THEIR SIGNATURES
AND CORPORATE SEALS this day of , 20 .
SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PRINCIPAL )
)
In the presence of: )
)
) Principal
Witness )
)
Occupation )
)
Address ) Surety
t
I
1
I
1
I
I
F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\L&M Bond.doc
r
t
t
1
1
1
1
SCHEDULE OF PLANS,SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS &STANDARDS
IThe work specified in this contract will be performed in strict accordance with the following plans,
specifications, General Conditions, standards, etc. for the Municipality of Kincardine,Russell Street
111 Sanitary Sewer Extension, Contract No. 17071.
A. SPECIAL PROVISIONS -Pages SP-1 to SP-33
IB. PLANS- Drawing Nos. 1 to 4
C. INFORMATION TO BIDDERS - Pages IB-1 to IB-12
D. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Ontario Provincial Standard Specification Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis
mutandis. Only the most recent specifications shall apply to this contract.
IOPSS—Municipal and Provincial Common
201-Nov/11 407—Nov/15 504—Nov/10 802—Nov/10 805—Nov 15
I 408—Nov/15 803 —Nov 15
416—Nov/13
492—Nov/15
IOPSS.MUNI—Municipal Oriented
180—Nov/16 401 —Nov/15 441 —Nov/16 501 —Nov/17 518—Apr/17
I 206—Nov/13 402—Nov/16 442—Nov/16 506—Nov/17 706—Apr/17
310—Nov/17 409—Nov/17 491 —Nov/17 510—Nov/17 804—Nov/14
314—Nov/16 410—Nov/15 517—Apr/17
IE. STANDARD DRAWINGS
Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis
1 mutandis. Only the most recent drawings shall apply to this contract.
OPSD-Municipal and Provincial Common
I 219.120 404.020 701.021 708.020 1109.011
401.010 701.010 704.010 802.010
I BMROSS-Standard Drawings
208 702 803M 1106 1114
F. FORM OF TENDER
G. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
IH. GENERAL CONDITIONS -OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev.Date: 11/2006
I. AGREEMENT
1 J. PERFORMANCE BOND
K. LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
I L. CONTRACT RELEASE
M. STATUTORY DECLARATION RE: LIENS,LIABILI'T'IES &PAYMENT OF
ACCOUNTS
IN. APPENDIX A
I
r
1
t
t
� SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
INDEX TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1
General I
Management of Excess Materials - Contractor SP-1
Restoration SP-1
I
Coordination of Work by Others SP-2
Public Notices SP-2
Item No. 1 Hot Mix Asphalt SP-3 I
Item No. 2 Full Depth Asphalt Removal SP-6
Item No. 3 Adjust Existing Maintenance Holes and Catch Basins to Grade SP-7 II
Item No. 4 Supply Maintenance Hole Covers and/or Catch Basin Frames&Grates SP-7
Item No. 5 Maintenance Hole Lift Rings SP-7 I
Item No. 6 Removal of Existing Maintenance Holes and Catch Basins SP-7
Item No. 7 Supply,Excavate for and Backfill Storm Pipe Sewers SP-8 I
Item No. 8 Sanitary Sewer Pipe SP-11
Item No. 9 Supply, Excavate for,Place and Backfill 1200 mm Precast SP-13
1
Maintenance Holes, OPSD 701.010
Item No. 10 Supply and Install Safety Platform SP-14
I
Item No. 11 Rigid Board Insulation SP-14
Item No. 12 Supply, Excavate for and Place Concrete Encasement SP-15 I Item Nos. 13-17 Supply and Installation of Steel Casing Pipe SP-15
Item Nos. 14-15 Watermain Installation SP-17
Item No. 16 Swabbing, Hydrostatic Pressure Testing,Disinfection and SP-25 I
Flushing of Watermains
Item No. 18 Traffic Control and Pedestrian Safety SP-30
I
Item No. 19 Bonding and Insurance SP-31
Item No. 20 Lump Sum for Other Requirements SP-31
Item No. 21 Imported Granular Backfill SP-31
Item No. 22 Supply and Place Imported Granular Bedding SP-32
I
Item No. 23 Reconnect Existing Drains and Services (up to 250 mm dia.) SP-32
Item No. 24 Erosion Control SP-33
Item No. 25 Contingencies SP-33
I
1
SP-1
GENERAL
MANAGEMENT OF EXCESS MATERIALS-CONTRACTOR
All excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor, and the Contractor's unit
price bid for the item shall include the cost of loading,hauling, dumping. The Contractor's
management of excess materials shall be in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 180—General
Specification for the Management of Excess Materials with the appropriate OPSF 180
' forms being completed and submitted to the Contract Administrator.
1. Earth material shall be disposed of by the Contractor, outside the contract limits. Where
select surplus native material is available,the Town has two locations available that may accept
the material (at their discretion). The sites are as noted:
• Kincardine Landfill—437 Sideroad 15 N.
• Sideroad 10 Bridge Site.
2. Asphalt shall be disposed of by the Contractor,at an approved site outside the contract
limits.
3. Concrete shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the contract limits.
4. Asbestos Cement Pipe shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the contract limits.
RESTORATION
When noted in the Form of Tender or identified in the Special Provision,the unit price bid for
the appropriate item(s) shall include complete restoration. All restoration shall be as noted
below in the General Restoration Requirements.
General Restoration Requirements
All restoration shall be in accordance with OPSS 492 and the following:
' (a) Lawn Areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled andgraded to conform to the existing
PP P
ground, followed by an approved seed and mulch application. Approved by the Contract
' Administrator.
(b) Non-lawn,Non-roadway areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to
I conform to the existing ground, followed by an approved seed and mulch application.
(c) Where existing roadway/driveway is paved-- 300 mm minimum of imported Granular"B"
Type I, 150 mm of imported Granular"A", and 50 mm of HL-3 in driveways, or 2-40 mm
lifts of HL-4 minimum in roadways or to match the depth of existing asphalt. Where 2 or
more lifts of asphalt are required against existing pavement, a stepped joint shall be
prepared by removing 0.5 m wide by the depth of the existing surface course prior to
paving.
(d) Where existing roadway/driveway is gravel-- 300 mm of imported Granular"B"Type I;
and 150 mm of imported Granular"A".
(e) Where existing driveway is concrete --300 mm minimum of imported Granular"B"Type I
and 150 mm of imported Granular"A"; for residential drives-- 150 mm of 30 MPa concrete
I
SP-2 1
with crushed limestone; and for commercial drives --200 mm of 30 MPa concrete with
crushed limestone.
(f) Where existing driveway is brick or unit pavers—300 mm minimum of imported Granular
"B"Type I and 150 mm of imported Granular"A"and 25 mm to 38 mm of limestone
screening and match existing patterns.
(g) All disturbed or damaged concrete structures, such as sidewalks, curbs and gutter,etc., shall
be removed and replaced including 125 mm of Granular"A".
(h) Prior to the expiration of the maintenance holdback,the contractor shall repair all
settlements. Settlements of lawns,non-lawns or non-roadway areas shall be restored by
applying sufficient topsoil to the settled area followed by an application of approved seed
and mulch. Asphalt settlements shall be restored by milling the deficient area followed by
the placement Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA). All repairs shall be in accordance with OPSS 802,
OPSS.MUNI 804, and OPSS 310.
(i) Salvaged granular material shall not be used above sub-grade or re-used as Granular"B"
Type I unless a granular analysis is performed at the Contractor's expense.
NOTE
• In(a)and(b) above, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure a catch of grass at the
termination of the contract. 1
• The Contract Administrator/Owner may request the delay of the sod placement during hot
and dry weather conditions. No additional payment or penalty will result from the delay.
• All asphalt surfaces shall be saw-cut prior to resurfacing.
• All concrete structures shall be saw-cut prior to replacement.
• The permanent seed shall be top quality Standard Roadside Mix, consisting of the following:
Creeping Red Fescue 50%
Kentucky Bluegrass 10%
Perennial Ryegrass 35%
White Clover 5%
CO-ORDINATION OF WORK BY OTHERS
111
The Contractor will co-ordinate his work with local utility companies for the installation of new
underground ducts. When it is impossible to avoid working in the area at the same time, a
111
barrier will have to be maintained to have separation in time or space between the Contractor and
the utility company. Where necessary,the Contractor shall move the operation to another part of
the contract and give the utility sufficient time to complete any work deemed necessary at that
time during the contract.
PUBLIC NOTICES 1
The Contractor shall notify all impacted property owners/tenants of impending disruptions to
services and or access. The Notice shall be delivered 24 hours prior to the disruption and shall
include a short description of the disruption,the probable timing and duration of the disruption,
alternative actions that the owner/tenant should take while the work is being done ie)parking off
site, and a contact person who could address any further questions. 1
1
1
r SP-3
r
ITEM NO. 1
HOT MIX ASPHALT
I
General
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials, for the
execution of paving work in accordance with OPSS 310 for Marshall mixes of Hot Mix Asphalt
(HMA).
' The Contractor's unit price bid for this item shall also include all ramping,transverse joints,
and/or removal of all transverse joints and all deramping at structures, sidewalk drops and
driveway entrances, as identified by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction.
rIf applicable,tack coating will be included and paid as a separate item in the contract.
r All asphalt plant operations shall comply with municipal regulations and ordinances governing
the area in which the plant is located.
' The Contractor will be required to submit a mix design for approval prior to commencing
the paving operations.
310.05 Materials
Performance graded asphalt cement shall be PG 58-28. The Performance Graded Asphalt
Cement(PGAC)will conform to OPSS.MUNI 1101 for the specified grade.
310.06 Equipment
OPSS 310 is amended in that no surface trial coat area shall be required under this contract.
' Prior to paving,the Contractor shall submit a list of equipment that will be used. The list shall
identify the make&model of the paving equipment and rollers. For the rollers,the Contractor
' shall also identify the Class of Roller and identify the Minimum Roller Combinations to be used
on the contract as per Table 5 of OPSS 310.
310.07 Construction
The Contractor is responsible for all Quality Control(QC)testing. The QC documentation shall
be made available to the Contract Administrator upon request. A through lane paving course
shall be completed prior to placement of adjacent side roads, speed change lanes and other paved
areas.
310.07.05 Sampling
OPSS 310.07.05.01 Asphalt Cement-Asphalt cement sampling and testing is not a requirement
of the contract.
r
r
SP-4 I
OPSS 310.07.05.02 Hot Mix Asphalt- When the Hot Mix Price Adjustment is part of the 1
contract, Hot Mix asphalt sampling and testing is a requirement of the contract and all costs are
to be paid by the Contractor. Sample sizes and frequency of samples shall be as per Table 6 of
OPSS 310.
310.07.08-Widenings and Irregular Sections-450 mm stepped joints are required when
placing HMA adjacent to existing paved areas with an existing asphalt depth of 80 mm or more.
310.07.09 -Hot Mix Asphalt Padding-Padding shall be placed prior to placing the surface
course of asphalt. The tonnage required for HMA padding will be included with the appropriate
HMA item.
310.07.11.03-Transverse Joints -The third paragraph has been amended as follows:
a) When a binder course is placed flush against an existing HMA pavement and a butt joint is
to be made,the existing pavement shall be trimmed back to form a straight vertical surface.
When the surface course is to be placed at a later date, temporary ramping shall be
provided as per BMROSS Standard Drawing 208—Asphalt Joint Detail for Transverse I
Joints.
310.07.13 Tolerances
The paving tolerance of OPSS 310.07.13 shall be reviewed upon completion. Should the
deviations exceed 6 mm on the binder course or 3 mm on the surface course, as measured in any
direction with a 3m straight edge,the Contractor shall correct these deviations to the satisfaction ,
of the Road Authority. Paving tolerances are not applicable to irregular sections of paving, or
within 3 m of a butt joint with an existing HMA pavement.
310.08 Quality Assurance
Quality Control laboratory testing shall be used for acceptance in place of Quality Assurance
laboratory test results. All other Quality Assurance testing shall be performed by the Contract
Administrator.
310.09 Measurement For Payment ,
Measurement for payment of hot mix asphalt shall be by mass in tonnes unless specified
otherwise. Tack coat shall be included in the unit price bid unless tack coat is listed as a separate
item.
Hot Mix Miscellaneous—Driveways and Paved Boulevards
The Contractor shall also take note that Hot Mix Miscellaneous paving is to be performed at
designated drives,boulevards and areas behind the curb or to the limits established by the
Contract Administrator at the time of construction. This hand laid asphalt will only apply to
areas that, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator,do not permit the operation of a paving
machine. The supply of the HL-3 for these areas shall be included under the item for Hot Mix 111Miscellaneous. Hot Mix Price Adjustment shall not be calculated for Hot Mix Miscellaneous.
I
SP-5
Rural entrances shall be graded as per OPSD 301.010 or OPSD 301.020.
Hot Mix Miscellaneous shall be measured in square metres. In areas where Hot Mix
Miscellaneous is designated on the plans and more than one 50 mm lift of Hot Mix is required,
measurement for payment will be made for two single courses of Hot Mix where required.
Hot Mix Price Adjustment for HL-3 and HL-4
' Payment to the contractor for hot mix HL-3 and HL-4 to be based on changes to the Ministry of
Transportation's performance graded asphalt cement price index as presented herein.
' The price index will be published monthly in the MTO Contract Bulletin and displayed on the
OHMPA(www.ohmpa.org)and the MTO website (www.raqs.mto.gov.on.ca). The price index
will be used to calculate the amount of the payment adjustment per tonne of asphalt cement
accepted into the Work.
The price index will be based on the price, excluding taxes, FOB the depots in the Toronto area,
of asphalt cement grade PG 58-28 or equivalent. One index will be used to establish and
calculate the payment adjustment for all grades. The price index for each month will reflect the
average of the same month's prices and be published on the last day of the month and be
' retroactively applied to HMA laid in the same month.
A payment adjustment per tonne of asphalt cement will be established for each month in which
paving occurs when the price index for the month differs by more than$15.00/tonne from the
AC price index established by the Contract Administrator. When the price index differential
is less than$15.00/tonne,there will be no payment adjustment for that month. Payment
' adjustments due to changes in the price index are independent of any other payment adjustments
made to hot mix tender items.
The payment adjustment per tonne will apply to the quantity of asphalt cement in the hot mix
accepted into the Work during the month for which it is established. The payment adjustment
' for the month will be calculatedby the following means:
1. When AC Prices are Rising by more than$15.00/tonne,the payment adjustment to be
1 paid to the Contractor is the result of subtracting the price index established by the
Contract Administrator from the price index in effect when paving takes place,minus
the $15.00 float,multiplied by the number of tonnes of PGAC incorporated in the mix(s)
as determined by the average of field test results.
2. When AC Prices are Falling by more than$15.00/tonne,the payment adjustment made
in favour of the Owner is the result of subtracting the price index in effect when paving
takes place,plus the$15.00 float, from the price index established by the Contract
Administrator,multiplied by the number of tonnes of PGAC incorporated in the mix(s)
as determined by the average of field test results.
I
SP-6 I
3. When Paving Occurs After the Date of Completion: The price index for the month of I
completion shall be used when determining the payment adjustment should the paving be
performed after the specified completion date. The calculations used in determining the
payment, regardless of rising AC prices or falling AC prices, shall be as indicated above.
4. The tender price and Hot Mix Price Adjustment will be based on$750/tonne liquid
asphalt.
For mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement,the quantity of new asphalt cement will be
determined from the difference between the asphalt cement content required by the job mix
formula and the asphalt cement content of the reclaimed asphalt pavement incorporated into the
hot mix, as calculated by the Contract Administrator. '
The quantity of new asphalt cement includes all grades of asphalt cement supplied by the
Contractor with and without polymer modifiers. For each month in which a payment adjustment
has been established,the quantity of the escalation/de-escalation will be calculated using the hot
mix quantity accepted into the Work and its corresponding asphalt cement content as determined
by the average of field test results. I
For mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement,the increase due the Contractor or the
rebate due the owner will be calculated as if virgin hot mix asphalt has been supplied. This fairly I
reflects the increasing value of the Contractor's RAP pile when AC prices are increasing and the
opposite when they are declining.
Example 1—AC Prices Increasing
• PGCA 58-28 specified, 1,100 tonnes of HL4 @ 5.2%AC (57.2 tonnes AC)
• The Price Index on tender opening is $900/tonne
• The applicable Price Index as published on August 31'effective for the August 17th-
24th, 2009 actual paving dates is $950.00/tonne(PG 58-28)
• Payment adjustment to be paid to the Contractor: 111
($950 - $15.00) - $900.00 x 57.2 tonnes AC=$35.00 x 57.2 tonnes AC =$2,002.00
Example 2—AC Prices Decreasing
• PGAC 58-28 specified, 1,100 tonnes of HL4 @ 5.2%AC (57.2 tonnes AC)
• The Price Index on tender opening is $900.00/tonne(PG 58-28)
• The applicable Price Index as published on September 30st effective for the
September 11th-18th, 2009 actual paving dates in$775.00/tonne(PG 58-28)
• Payment for hot mix items reduced by:
$900.00—($775.00+$15.00) x 57.2 tonnes AC = $110 x 57.2 tonnes AC=
$6,292.00
ITEM NO. 2
FULL DEPTH ASPHALT REMOVAL
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall remove the entire existing bituminous pavement,as
indicated on the drawings,typical cross-section or to the limits established by the Contract
Administrator, in accordance with OPSS 330.
1
' SP-7
I
Restoration of the roadway surfaces shall be in accordance with OPSS 301.
Payment at the unit price bid shall be full compensation for all labour and equipment required to
' remove the pavement to a well graded base to the cross-section shown on the typical section.
ITEM NO. 3
' ADJUST EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS TO GRADE
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to adjust the
designated maintenance holes or catch basins to the grade established by the Contract
i Administrator at the time of construction. The frames and grates shall be adjusted by removing
or placing additional precast concrete adjustment units as per OPSS 408 and OPSD 704.010.
Parging
The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and
shall be parged inside and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat.
ITEM NO. 4
SUPPLY MAINTENANCE HOLE AND/OR CATCH BASIN FRAMES AND GRATES
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply and install maintenance hole or catch basin
frame and covers as specified in the Tender Form, as designated on the drawings or by the
Contract Administrator at the time of construction. All existing frames and grates removed,
where applicable, are the property of the Owner and shall be delivered to the Owner's yard at the
Contractor's expense.
All surfaces on the frames and grates shall be painted in the shop with one coat of asphalt or tar
based paint having a minimum softening point of 71°C. All joints to be thoroughly coated.
ITEM NO.5
' MAINTENANCE HOLE LIFT RINGS
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply and install cast iron maintenance hole lift rings
as supplied by the Hopper Foundry Ltd. of Forest, Ontario or approved equal. Installation will
be in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
The Contractor will supply lift rings in sizes available to fit the finished asphalt grade.
' ITEM NO. 6
REMOVAL OF EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to excavate,
remove and dispose of the maintenance holes and catch basins shown on the drawings or as
indicated by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor shall backfill
SP-8 I
the excavation with Granular"B"Type `I', compact the excavation and dispose of all debris to I
the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. All existing frames and grates removed are the
property of the owner and shall be delivered to the owner's yard at the Contractor's expense. It
will be the Contractor's responsibility to seal off any existing pipes or reconnect to new outlets.
The Contractor shall note here that catch basins constructed from inverted sewer tile shall not be
considered for payment.
Management of excess materials shall be as outlined under the General SP-Management of
Excess Materials. '
ITEM NO. 7
SUPPLY,EXCAVATE FOR,PLACE AND BACKFILL STORM PIPE SEWERS ,
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment and materials for the
complete installation and testing of the storm sewers as indicated on the contract drawings. The
sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the
contract drawing.
Pipe Material
OPSS 410.05 materials is amended to accept the following pipe material for storm sewers: I
(a) Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe (Flexible)
- Class SDR 35 or Class V (320 kPa) '
-Annular ribbed profile for ribbed pipe
(b) Polyethylene Sewer Pipe(Flexible)—CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.6
- 150 mm to 750 mm '
- smooth inner wall, annular corrugated profile(320 kPa), 15 PSI bell and spigot joints
shall have elastomeric gaskets(CSA certified to B 182.6)
If pipe material selected differs from that specified in the Form of Tender,the Contractor shall,
upon request, supply the Contract Administrator with proof of CSA certification for both the
pipe and the elastomeric gaskets, all at the expense of the Contractor. ,
The Contractor shall supply the pipe in the size and strength designated, as noted in the Form of
Tender or approved equivalent by the Contract Administrator. 1
Bedding,Embedment and Backfill
Beddingshall be Class Basper OPSD 802.030, 802.031 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid
pipe and whichever soil type is applicable.
Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever
soil type is applicable.
SP-9
Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular"A". Cover material shall be approved
granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding
and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose
measurement, and compacted to 95%of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is
placed.
Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified,it shall
be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be
compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not
exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified
density before a subsequent layer is placed.
' The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, embedment cover material and
the backfilling noted herein.
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General
SP Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price
bid of sewer.
Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at
' the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlements; as
such,the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use.
' OPSS.MUNI 410.07.16—Field Testing has been amended as follows:
410.07.16.02 -Prequalification Leakage Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active.
410.07.16.03 -Infiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active.
' 410.07.16.04 -Exfiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active.
410.07.16.05-Deflection Testing of Pipe Sewers is always a requirement when using flexible
pipe. The unit price bid for the flexible pipe shall include all costs of this testing.
410.07.16.06-Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines is a requirement of the contract.
' All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit
Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the sewer installation shall include the
cost of the CCTV inspection.
The Contractor will engage Inspection a Closed Circuit Television Ins ection Contractor and co-ordinate
the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract.
The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection
Contractor directly,however,the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out
' to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
I
SP-10 1
Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video,the deficiencies 1
shall be promptly corrected and re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with
the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor.
Compaction
Compaction shall be.as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. 1
The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted,
degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment
shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being
submitted at the pre-construction meeting.
Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before
power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting.
All costs of compaction and water used for compaction shall be included in the unit price for
sewer.
Removing Existing Storm Sewer
The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sewers,watermains, or minor
structures encountered in the trench excavation where applicable.
Abandoning Sewers 1
The Contractor will be required to plug up,by means of brick and mortar, certain existing sewers
that are to be abandoned, to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. The cost of this work I
is to be included in the Contractor's bid for new sewer intercepting these old sewers or drains.
Connecting Sewers 1
For the unit price bid,the Contractor will be required,to make all connections to new and
existing catch basins,maintenance holes, culverts, or sewers (regardless of pipe material) in a
manner set out in the contract drawings or as determined by the Contract Administrator at the
time of construction.
Maintenance of Flow
The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow in all sewers and maintenance holes at
all times.
Restoration 1
Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP-Restoration.
1
1
SP-11
ITEM NO.8
SANITARY SEWER PIPE
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment and materials for the
complete installation and testing of the sanitary sewers as indicated on the contract drawings.
' The sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and/or
on the contract drawing.
Pipe Material
Pipe material for sanitary sewers shall be as noted in the Form of Tender. Where required and/or
shown on the drawings, end caps, adapters,reducers, etc. shall be provided and the cost included
in the unit price bid for this item.
Bedding,Embedment and Backfill
Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid
pipe and whichever soil type is applicable.
' Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013 or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever
soil type is applicable.
Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular"A". Cover material shall be approved
granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding
' and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose
measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is
placed.
' Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified,it shall
be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be
compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not
exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified
density before a subsequent layer is placed.
The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding or embedment, cover material
and the backfilling noted herein.
' All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the •
General SP- Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the
unit price bid of sewer.
Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at
the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlements; as
such,the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use.
' Maintenance of Flow
The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow of sanitary sewage in the sewers and in
any maintenance holes being connected by this work.
SP-12 I
I
The Contractor shall provide adequate pumping and power facilities to maintain operation of the
sewer system on a continuous basis. The method of maintaining flow shall be approved by the
Contract Administrator in advance of construction proceeding.
All cost of maintaining sewage flow,where required, shall be included in the unit price bid for
these items.
Connecting Sewers and Modifying Benching I
The cost of breaking into, connecting, sealing and modifying the existing benching to
accommodate the new sewer pipe size shall be included in the unit price bid. ,
Removing Existing Sanitary Sewer
The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sewers,watermains,or minor
structures encountered in the trench excavation where applicable.
OPSS.MUNI 410.07.16 -Field Testing has been amended as follows:
410.07.16.02-Prequalification Leakage Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active.
410.07.16.03-Infiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active.
410.07.16.04-Exfiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active.
410.07.16.05-Deflection Testing of Pipe Sewers is always a requirement when using flexible ,
pipe. The unit price bid for the flexible pipe shall include all costs of this testing.
410.07.16.06-Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines is a requirement of the contract. I
All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit
Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the sewer installation shall include the
cost of the CCTV inspection.
The Contractor will engage a Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate
the work to have it completed prior to binder asphalt paving for the contract. A second CCTV
Inspection shall be completed by the Contractor just prior to completing the Part 2 work
(asphalt surface course).
The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection
Contractor directly,however,the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out
to the satisfaction of,the Contract Administrator.
Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video,the deficiencies
shall be promptly corrected and a re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with
the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor.
•
I
t
SP-13
I
Compaction
Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting.
The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted,
degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment
shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being
submitted at the pre-construction meeting.
Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before
power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting.
Cleaning and Flushing Pipe Sewers
OPSS.MUNI 410.07.17 is to be included in the unit price bid for this item.
Restoration
Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP -Restoration.
ITEM NO. 9
SUPPLY,EXCAVATE FOR,PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm PRECAST
MAINTENANCE HOLES,OPSD 701.010
For the unitrice bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the
P
complete installation of the structures. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of
ITender and on the contract drawing.
Steel reinforcement shall be according to OPSS.MUNI.1440. Steel reinforcement for precast
concrete components shall be:
a) Steel bars,400MPa minimum yield strength
b) Welded steel wire, 500 MPa minimum yield strength
c) Welded deformed steel wire, 500 MPA minimum yield strength
The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and
backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 402.
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as shown on the
drawings to the grade established by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor shall supply
ladder rungs and all materials to make all connections to existing sewers. All surfaces on the
frames and grates shall be painted in the shop with one coat of asphalt or tar based black paint
having a minimum softening point of 71°C. All joints shall be thoroughly coated.
Also included in the unit price bid,the Contractor shall include the benching of all sanitary
maintenance holes designated in accordance with standard drawing OPSD 701.021.
I
SP-14 I
I
Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers,the Contractor will be
required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole location or
providing bypass pumping around the maintenance hole site. Prior to the commencement of
work,the Contract Administrator shall approve the method proposed by the Contractor for
maintaining flow. I
The Contractor shall confirm in writing to the Contract Administrator that the means of
connecting sanitary sewers to the sanitary manholes is appropriate for the materials being
used and for the site conditions.
Parging ,
The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and
shall be parged inside and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. I
Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting.
The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, j
degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment
shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being
submitted at the pre-construction meeting.
Payment for the structure shall be 80%of the unit price for the installation and 20%of unit price
upon completion of parging,removal of debris from the bottom of the structure and benching
when applicable.
ITEM NO. 10
SUPPLY AND INSTALL SAFETY PLATFORM
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to
install aluminium safety platforms.
The safety platforms shall be aluminium and as per OPSD 404.020. 1
The installation shall be in accordance with OPSS 407.
ITEM NO. 11
RIGID BOARD INSULATION
111
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply and place 50 mm minimum thick rigid board
insulation above the sanitary sewer, services and/or watermain at locations shown on the drawing
or to the limits as established by the Contract Administrator.
Material I
The rigid board insulation shall be styrofoam SM or approved equivalent.
1
1
SP-15
I
Installation
• The rigid board insulation shall be installed over 150mm of level,granular material.
• A minimum of 200mm of granular material shall be placed over the insulation before
compaction equipment is used.
• Rigid boards shall butt tightly together without gaps. Ends shall be staggered if more
than one layer is used.
• The insulation shall project a minimum of 1 pipe diameter beyond the outside edges of
the pipe being protected
• The minimum width of rigid board shall not be less than 1200mm in width.
ITEM NO. 12
SUPPLY,EXCAVATE FOR AND PLACE CONCRETE ENCASEMENT
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment and material to concrete
encase thecrossings of sewers and watermains as shown on the contract drawings or at locations
established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction.
The concrete encasement shall be a minimum of 300 mm on either side and below the lower pipe
as well as between the pipe crossings. The concrete encasement shall extend to rest on
undisturbed ground. A separation of polyethylene plastic is to be used between the concrete
encasement and the pipes.
The class of concrete shall be 15 MPa minimum.
ITEM NOS. 13 & 17
SUPPLY AND INSTALLATION OF STEEL CASING PIPE
General
For the unit price bid(additional to that for supply and placing the carrier pipe)the Contractor
shall supply all labour and material for the complete installation of steel encasement pipe by
trenchless pipe methods at the location shown on the drawings. The trenchless method shall be
' completed using a Small Boring Unit(SBU)where the Contractor can monitor the alignment and
grade of the casing pipe installation to achieve the design grades and elevation. Tolerance on
encasement pipe invert elevations=+1- 25mm.
The Contractor shall submit all the items as required by OPSS 416.04 and identify the Quality
Verification Engineer(QVE) a minimum of 14 days prior to commencing with installation of the
steel casing pipe. QVE shall be provided by a third party. The Contractor completing the
crossing installation shall be a company with a minimum of five years' experience in the
trenchless method utilized. In addition to OPSS 416.04,the submission shall also include shop
drawings for the pipe spacers and end seal materials. The submission shall be submitted no later
than at the pre-construction meeting.
I
SP-16
A pre-installation meeting is a requirement of the contract and shall be scheduled a minimum of I
one week prior to commencement of the operation.
Material I
The steel encasement pipe diameter shall be as shown on the drawings and have a minimum wall
thickness as follows:
a) Sanitary sewer crossing pipe—9.5mm(min.)
b) Watermain crossing pipe—9.5mm(min.)
The casing pipe shall have cathodic protection. I
The carrier pipe shall be centered and supported in the casing by use of manufactured casing
isolator spacers. It is acceptable to adjust the spacing height to achieve the required grade of the
carrier pipe following approval of an approved plan. Spacers shall be manufactured from non-
corroding poly or stainless steel materials as manufactured by RACI North America(or
Approved equal). Wood or brick spacers are not an acceptable alternate. Size and position of I
spacers shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications for the application.
The space between the casing pipe and the carrier pipe shall remain a void and not be filled with 111
grout and the ends of the steel pipe encasement shall be sealed with a manufactured mechanical
seal or approved equal.
If the carrier pipe is a pressure class pipe,joints shall be properly mechanically restrained
satisfy the requirements of the pressure conditions.
Construction
All work under this item shall be carried out in accordance with OPSS 416, and as per the 1
BMROSS Standard Detail Drawing 803M for steel pipe encasement detail. The Contractor shall
install the casing pipe by trenchless methods to grade. No excavation shall be permitted within
the MTO road corridor/allowance.
Clearing and grubbing shall be limited to what is required by the Contractor and shall be agreed
upon during the pre-bore meeting.
Disposal of excess materials shall be as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess
Materials. Restoration shall be as outlined under the General SP—Restoration.
QVE shall include monitoring of highway road surface elevations above each casing location.
Monitoring of the asphalt road surface shall be completed at E/P,C/L, and at 2 metre intervals
(above the casing pipe). The monitoring shall occur prior to start of trenchless operation and
completed at every 5 metre length of casing advancement. I
I
I
SP-17
Utilities
The Contractor is responsible for arranging locates. In cases where 3rd party presence is required
during work in the vicinity of a utility, all costs for locates,exposure of the utility and continuous
observation shall be included in the unit price bid.
Cobbles and Other Obstructions
It is anticipated that the soil layer being worked within will contain cobbles,rocks, and boulders.
The contractor shall account for this in their trenchless method by providing and using
appropriate equipment to remove any obstruction while maintaining the proposed grade and
elevations. Appendix A contains the boreholes observed for this site.
Payment
Payment for this item will be full compensation for all labour equipment and material to
P
successfully complete the work and shall be paid as follows:
a) Site Work and QVE shall include,but not limited to, clearing&grubbing, excavation,
submissions,utility locates and restoration. Payment shall be eighty percent(80%)for the
trenchless work and twenty(20%)being paid after the restoration,monitoring and Third
Party QVE Certificate of Conformance have been completed.
b) Supply and installation of casing pipe shall be paid by length in metres along the centre line
of the casing pipe after the ends have been cut straight.
There will be no additional payment for the removal of cobbles and other obstructions
found in the soil layer being worked within. No additional payment shall be made should
the equipment provided not be able to complete the casing installation. Should alternative
or new equipment be required to be provided and supplied to the site to the complete the
casing installation no additional payment shall be made. Contractors shall refer to GC
7.13 and Article 9 of the agreement as it relates to this item.
ITEM NOS. 14 &15
WATERMAIN INSTALLATION
Work Plan
Prior to site activities,the Contractor shall submit a Work Plan for review by the Contract
Administrator. The Work Plan shall provide the following construction details:
• connection point(s)between existing and new watermains
• source water connection(s)
I . cross-connection prevention procedures and equipment
• temporary watermains, if any
• swabbing details
• hydrostatic pressure test details
• disinfection details
• dechlorination details
I
r
SP-18 I
• flushing water disposal details 1
• details of final connection to existing watermain
• details of final connection to existing services
• Emergency/unplanned repairs
• Tracer Wire conductivity testing procedures
The Contractor shall allow two weeks for the review and approval of the Work Plan. No site
work shall proceed until the Work Plan has been approved by the Contract Administrator.
The Work Plan shall be submitted no later than at the pre-construction meeting. I
Watermain Construction and Materials
The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Operating Authority of the proposed disruption of
service to make all connections to the existing distribution system.
The watermain construction shall be staged so as to minimize water service disruption to
residences. Property owners shall be informed by the Contractor a minimum of 24 hours in
advance, as to when these disruptions will occur. All costs associated with providing notice to 1
the property owners shall be borne by the Contractor.
Only authorized Operating Authority personnel shall operate valves on existing watermains for I
the purpose of controlling water. No person other than the authorized Operating Authority
personnel shall shut down or charge any section of existing watermain or operate any valve for
the purpose of controlling water from existing watermains. I
The Contractor shall provide the Operating Authority at least 48 hours advance notice when a
change in control of the water is required. All necessary water supply interruptions shall be
scheduled in co-operation with the local operating authority.
The Contractor shall comply with the Safe Drinking Water Act(SDWA)and all applicable I
regulations made in accordance with that act, including but not limited to the Drinking Water
Works Permit(DWWP),the Municipal Drinking Water License (MDWL) and the most current
version of ANSI/AWWA C651. Both the DWWP and the MDWL can be made available to the
Contractor by the Contract Administrator upon request. For the purpose of the DWWP Condition
2.3,the most recent version of the Ministry of Environment and Climate Change"Watermain
Disinfection Procedure",replaces ANSI/AWWA C651-Standard for disinfecting watermains
with respect to cleaning,tapping,maintenance and repairs of watermains, appurtenances and
fittings. I
The Contractor shall operate only those valves,hydrants and curb stops installed in their contract
during the construction period and only prior to the date of acceptance of the Contractor's work.
After the works are accepted, only the local operating authority may operate the system.
I
I
I
SP-19
Basis of Payment
The unit price bid for each item shall include all costs incurred in excavating for,placing,
restraining, connecting, testing,flushing and disinfecting all watermain and fittings, as outlined
in OPSS.MUNI 441 and restoration outside general grading operations.
The unit price bid per lineal metre shall include the cost of all granular bedding and backfill up to
subgrade and/or original ground. All costs of compaction and water shall be borne by the
Contractor.
Watermain Materials --Kincardine
1 Materials
All materials for watermains,valves, valve boxes, etc., shall be supplied by the Contractor. All
materials supplied under this contract shall comply with the latest edition of the applicable
AWWA standard. Oils and lubricants used in assembly shall be 'Food Grade' and shall comply
with the latest edition of NSF/ANSI Standard 61. No substitutes without Operating Authority
approval or the approval of the Operating Authority.
Watermain
Watermain material shall be Polyvinyl Chloride PVC DR18—AWWA C900 or C905 or Bionax
CIOD gasketed PVCO watermain certified to CSA B137.3.1 and AWWA C909. Pipe joints
shall be bell and spigot with rubber gaskets.
Gate Valves and Boxes
Valves shall be resilient seated gate valves. Main line valves to be MJ type with standard
operating nut. Hydrant valves to be MJ to MJ gate valve with standard operating nut.
All valves to be supplied with"0"ring packing for water use and open counter-clockwise.
Valve boxes shall be Canada Valve slide type with guide plate.
Tapping valves and sleeves must meet with approval of the Operating Authority.
Resilient-seated gate valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509.
Fittings
All fittings shall be ductile iron cement mortar lined mechanical joint(MJ)type with adaptors to
suit other materials, where necessary. All fittings including hydrants must be suitably restrained
with approved mechanical restraints.
Ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C110 and the rubber-gasket joints for
ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C111,pressure rating 1035 kPa.
I
r
SP-20 I
If Bionax watermain is used,the Contractor shall ensure that pipe restraints are also approved by I
the pipe manufacturer.
Hydrants I
Fire hydrants shall be the Mueller Canada Valve New Century type. Hydrant specifications as
follows:
• 2-64 mm hose connections(Ontario standard thread)
• 1 - 100 mm"Storz"type pumper connection painted black
• Hydrants shall open counter-clockwise
• Colour shall be RED
• Operating nut shall be 32 mm square
• Hydrant length shall be such that the bottom of the upper barrel shall be 100 mm above
finished grade
• Cover of hydrant lead to match cover on watermain
Dry-barrel fire hydrants shall be in accordance with AWWA C502. I
All hydrant leads shall be 150 mm diameter and shall be supplied from watermain of not less
than 150 mm diameter.
111
Services -Min. 19 mm,Max. 50 mm
• Corporation stops—Mueller, C.C. thread inlet/compression joint outlet. I
• Curb Stop—Mueller, compression joint inlet/compression joint outlet or approved
equivalent.
• Pipe -to be Cross-linked polyethylene(PEX)conforming to AWWA C904. The unit price
shall include the cost of supply and installation of tracer wire on non-metallic piping.
• Service tubing shall be installed to a minimum depth of 1.7 m cover.
• Service Boxes—Model No. D-1 by Concord-Clow or Mueller equivalent. Service box and
stem(1.4 m to 1.7 m)with 25 mm dia. steel upper section. Box lids shall be regular ribbed
with brass pentagon plug c/w standard stationary rod.
• Service saddles—Model No. 2616 by Robar Industries Inc., stainless steel, double bolted,
broad band.
Underground service line valves and fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C800. I
Model numbers shall be stamped on all valves and materials.
Design I
It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure the performance of the pipe and the
restraining systems. I
Design of the pipe joint restraining systems shall consider the pressures that the system will be
subjected to as well as any expansion and contraction due to temperature changes during and
following construction of the works.
I
I
SP-21
Cathodic Protection
a) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)or Polyethylene (PE)Mainline Piping as per OPSD 1109.011.
Appurtenance Method of Protection
Piping Not required
Hydrants One anode per each
Services
• Each copper service One anode per each service
• Each non-metallic service One anode per each main stop and curb stop
Valves Sacrificial zinc nuts
Fittings One anode per each and sacrificial zinc nuts
1 Mechanical Restraints Sacrificial zinc nuts
• Anode sizes shall be 5.5 kg for watermain appurtenances up to and including 300 mm
diameter and 11.0 kg for watermain appurtenances greater than 300 mm.
• Anodes for steel pipe encasement shall be 11.0 kg for all sizes.
• Sacrificial zinc nuts shall be of the Protecto-Cap type and installed on each bolt.
b) Ductile Iron(DI)Mainline Piping
i) All buried ductile iron piping and all buried fittings,valves,hydrants, etc. shall be
polyethylene encased in accordance with the latest revision of ANSI/AWWA
C 105/AA21.5 Standard.
Encasement material shall be tube or sheet, either low density polyethylene film, 8 mil
thickness, or high density or cross laminated polyethylene film, 4 mil thickness, in
accordance with Section 4.1 of AWWA C105.
Installation shall be in accordance with AWWA C105 and manufacturer's
specifications. Care shall be taken to ensure that the encasement is not damaged
during installation. Cuts,tears,punctures, or other damage to the polyethylene shall
be repaired prior to backfilling.
Excavation
1 All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the
General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the
bid per metre of watermain.
Removal of Existing Mains, Services,Hydrants and Fittings
For the unit prices bid for watermain construction,the Contractor shall include the removal of
existing mains and services when required, and/or as determined by the Contract Administrator
at the time of construction.
I
I
SP-22 I
These mains shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site of
the work.
Any fittings deemed salvageable shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's Workshop.
Remove and Salvage Existing Hydrant I
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall remove the existing hydrant as directed by the
Contract Administrator and the hydrant shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's Work's I
Shop in good order.
Abandoning I
For the unit price bid for watermain construction,the Contractor shall seal the ends of the
existing watermain with grout when being abandoned. I
Bedding,Embedment and Backfill
Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid
pipe and whichever soil type is applicable.
Bedding and embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexiblePiP e
for whichever soil type is applicable.
Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular"A". Cover material shall be approved
granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding
and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose111
measurement,and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is
placed.
111
Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall
be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be
compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not
exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified
density before a subsequent layer is placed.
All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General
SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price
bid.
Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at
the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlement of
the installed piping; as such,the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use.
I
I
SP-23
Tracer Wire
All PVC watermain and all non-metallic services shall have a Type TWU,No. 12/7 stranded
copper conductor with thermoplastic insulation, in accordance with CSA C22.2 No. 75,colour
shall be blue,rated for underground use, installed as a tracer wire with the pipe, each main line
valve box or chamber. The tracer wire shall be laid along the top of the pipe, strapped every
5.0 metres. The tracer wire shall be looped at every valve,hydrant, and fitting. The tracer wire
shall be secured within the valve boxes and chambers to 300 mm of final grade with a minimum
600 mm of loose wire.
All spliced or repaired wire connections, in the tracer wire system, shall be made with
1 manufactured,approved waterproof connectors specifically designed for underground tracer wire
use.
Compaction
Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting.
The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted,
degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment
shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being
submitted at the pre-construction meeting.
Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before
power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting.
Tapping of Watermains
Where existingwatermains are to be tapped,the pipe surface at the location of the tap shall be
PP P P
cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution. Where applicable,
the drill/cutting/tapping bits and all surfaces of mainstops, service saddles,tapping sleeves and
valves which will come into contact with drinking water shall likewise be cleaned and
disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution immediately prior to installation.
If any of the disinfected surfaces come into contact with the soil and/or water in the excavation
prior to use,the cleaning and disinfection procedure shall be repeated.
Conductivity Test
' Before the final connection to the existing main,the Contractor shall demonstrate the integrity of
the new underground tracer wire by applying a conductivity signal and confirming the signal
correlation on all watermains and services. The Contract Administrator must witness the
conductivity test(s).
I
I
1
SP-24 I
Connection to Existing Main
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to
reconnect the existing main to the new main with the proper fittings to make the connection. The
length of the reconnection shall not exceed one standard pipe length(i.e. 6 metres).
After the pressure, leakage, chlorine residual and bacteriological tests have passed,the
Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Contract Administrator to make the final
watermain connection to the existing water distribution system. 1
The Operating Authority shall be contacted 48 hours prior to the final connection to determine if
any special measures must be taken and/or an appropriately licensed operating authority
employee is required to oversee the works. The Contractor will be liable for all costs for callouts
of Operating Authority staff if the Contractor fails to notify the Operating Authority that the
connection will not take place. I
The Contractor shall co-ordinate the final connection of the new watermain to the existing water
distribution system to enable the Contract Administrator to witness the entire process. 1
Watermains shall be cut back to remove all temporary taps. The Contractor shall disinfect the
connection watermain as outlined below and shall,using all means possible, dewater the
111
watermains and trench in a controlled manner to not allow backflow into any existing
watermains.
The Contract Administrator at their discretion may require the Contractor to flush water through 1
a nearby fire hydrant to remove water with elevated chlorine residual.
If trench water, dirt or debris has entered the watermain during the final connection,the
watermain shall be aggressively flushed and additional bacteriological samples shall be taken as
determined by the Contract Administrator or the Operating Authority. The Contract
Administrator reserves the right to request the above steps be taken regardless.
The new piping, fittings and valves required for the connection shall be spray-disinfected and ,
swabbed with a sodium hypochlorite solution of minimum 1%and maximum 5%chlorine just
prior to being installed.
During the final connection,the Contractor shall connect new tracer wire to the existing tracer
wire or CADWELD to existing main to provide conductivity.
Anode Installation
For all mechanical joint fittings and couplings used with either ductile iron or PVC pipe, a I
sacrificial zinc nut shall be installed on each bolt.
For buried anodes, connect anode copper lead wire to pipe,valve, fitting,hydrant, etc.,with i
"double nut"type connection. Connect to main stops or curb stops with the electrical ground
I
I
SP-25
jconnections supplied. Place anode in trench a minimum of 500 mm from pipe,valve, fitting, etc.
Complete installation shall conform to anode manufacturer's recommendations.
Emergency/Unplanned Repairs
' Should there be the need for an emergency or unplanned repair,the Contractor shall immediately
contact the Operating Authority and the Operator-In-Charge shall conduct a visual inspection to
determine the nature of the break. The Operator-In-Charge will assess the evidence of
Contamination or potential Contamination of the watermain before and during the repair
procedure, and shall classify the break as a Category 1 break or a Category 2 break.
ITEM NO. 16
SWABBING,HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING,DISINFECTION AND
FLUSHING OF WATERMAINS
For the lump sum bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment and materials for the
temporary connection,testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfection of watermains,services and
appurtenances in accordance with the following specifications, OPSS.MUNI 441 for pressure
testing,AWWA C651 for disinfection and connection to waterworks system with the exception
of the cleaning,tapping,maintenance and repair of watermains, appurtenances and fittings as
these procedures shall follow the most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment and
Climate Change document"Watermain Disinfection Procedure".
General
The new watermain shall be isolated from the existing waterworks system using a physical
separation until satisfactory bacteriological testing has been completed and accepted by the
Contract Administrator and the Operating Authority. Water required to fill the new main for
hydrostatic pressure testing, disinfection, and flushing shall be supplied through a temporary
connection between the existing water system and the new main. The temporary connection
shall include an appropriate cross-connection control device consistent with the degree of hazard
(a double check valve assembly,used above or below ground level) or a reduced pressure
principle backflow preventer(used above ground level ONLY). The cross-connection control
device operation shall be in accordance with CAN/Canadian Standards Association-B64 Series
Manual and disinfected prior to installation. The backflow preventer shall be disconnected
(physically separated)from the new main during the hydrostatic pressure test. It will be
necessary to re-establish the temporary connection after completion of the hydrostatic pressure
test to swab, chlorinate and flush out the disinfectant water prior to final connection of the new
main to the waterworks system. (Refer to both AWWA C651 and the most recent version of the
MOECC document "Watermain Disinfection Procedure").
At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions to above the
ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations.
At vacant lot locations, these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed.
The cost of providing for such extensions is to be included in the unit price bid.
I
I
SP-26 I
Materials I
All chemicals and materials used in the disinfecting and testing of the drinking water system
shall conform to the following standards:
• AWWA B300 for Hypochlorites
• AWWA B301 for Liquid Chlorine
• NSF/ANSI 60, Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals—Health Effects
• NSF/ANSI 61,Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects ,
Construction
The sequence of events for this item shall be 1) Swabbing, 2)Hydrostatic Pressure Testing, 3)
Disinfection, 4) Flushing and Dechlorination 5)Bacteriological Testing
1. Swabbing
Swabbing will be required prior to pressure testing, disinfection and commissioning of the main. I
A minimum of two (2)new swabs shall be passed through each section of main line pipe,
hydrant lead and all services larger than 75 mm,to ensure that there is no blockage, debris, etc.
The Contractor shall note that auxiliary equipment may be required for the swabbing operation.
Swabs shall be polyurethane with a density of 24.7 kg/m3 and shall have a minimum diameter
50 mm larger than the diameter of the watermain and have a minimum length of one and one half
times its diameter.
Swabs shall be propelled through the watermain at a speed of 0.5 to 1.0 m/s using potable water. ,
The Contractor shall discharge water to an approved outlet ensuring all required erosion and
sediment control and dechlorination measures are followed.
The swabbing shall be repeated until the discharge water runs clear within ten seconds of the last
swab exiting the discharge point or until the Operating Authority is satisfied with the clarity of
the water.
The Contractor shall mark,number and demonstrate to the Contract Administrator that all swabs,
or parts thereof,have been retrieved. The Contractor shall be liable for costs associated with
damage caused by and retrieving swabs that, for whatever reasons, escape into the existing water
distribution system.
All swab launch or swab retrieval locations shall extend above the finished grade elevation and
be capped when not in use to prevent debris and contaminants from entering the system.
2. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing
The pressure testing shall be in accordance with OPSS 441.07.24 Hydrostatic Testing and under
the supervision of the Contract Administrator.
I
I
I SP-27
IAll hydrant leads, services, stubs,blow-offs etc. shall be subject to the hydrostatic pressure
testing. Hydrant valves shall be in the open position to subject the hydrant to the test as well.
1 3. Disinfection
I Service pipes of 50 mm diameter and greater shall be considered as watermains for the purposes
of this procedure. For service pipes of diameters less than 50 mm,the Contractor shall maintain
sanitary conditions during installation and/or repairs, and shall clean and flush prior to placing in
I service. The Contractor shall provide the Operating Authority 48 hours' notice before making the
service connections.
I The method of disinfecting the main shall be identified on the Testing Submission plan
submitted to the Contract Administrator.
I Where the Contractor is chlorinating using the tablet or continuous feed chlorination method for
disinfecting newly constructed watermains as per the procedures in ANSI/AWWA Standard
C651,the minimum contact times, initial chlorine concentrations,and maximum allowable
I decreases in chlorine concentration shall be as listed in Table 1 below taken from the most recent
version of the MOECC "Watermain Disinfection Procedure".
I Table 1: Chlorine Concentrations and Contact Times for New Watermains *
Disinfection Method Minimum Contact Initial Chlorine Maximum
Time Concentration Allowable Decrease
Iin Chlorine
Concentration
Tablet or Continuous 24 hours >25mg/L 40%of the Initial
IFeed Chlorine
Concentration to a
Maximum of 50
Img/L
* At levels over 10 milligrams per litre, a measurement of total chlorine shall be deemed to be
1 equivalent to a measurement of free chlorine
Where copper pipe is used for smaller diameter watermains, Table 1 does not apply. Copper
I watermains shall be disinfected using the Continuous Feed method,with an Initial Chlorine
Concentration of> 50mg/L. Due to the chlorine demand exerted by the copper,no minimum
chlorine concentration is required following the 24 hour contact time, and the effectiveness of
I the disinfection process shall be demonstrated by the Microbiological sampling referred to in
Construction Sequence 5 below.
4. Flushing and Dechlorination
I
Following disinfection of the watermains and watermain branches,the heavily chlorinated water
I shall be expelled and managed as per the MOECC document"Watermain Testing Procedure"
to prevent damage to the pipe lining or to prevent corrosion damage to the pipe itself and
disposed of in accordance with OPSS 441.07.25.
1
I
SP-28 r
Flushing shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing reaches at I
least 0.2mg/L free chlorine in a chlorinated system or 1.0mg/L combined chlorine in a
chloraminated system. If these disinfectant concentrations cannot be achieved, flushing shall
continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing is representative of the
system residual in the break/connection area, determined by sampling upstream of the
break/connection area and downstream at the flushing location,or by using documented
benchmarks for the area, as long as free chlorine concentrations are at least 0.05 mg/L in a
chlorinated system and combined chlorine concentrations are at least 0.25 mg/L in a
chloraminated system. I
Dechlorination of discharged water is required for any water that is discharged into surface water
or if the discharge into the natural environment causes or is likely to cause an adverse effect, as
per Condition 10 of Schedule B of the Municipal Drinking Water Licence. The discharged water
is deemed to be a Class II spill for the purposes of O. Reg. 675/98 (Classification and Exemption
of Spills and Reporting of Discharges)made under the Environmental Protection Act.
Discharges of flushed water are also regulated under Condition 4.5 of newer Municipal Drinking
Water Licences.
In all cases,the wasted water must be neutralized to provide a total chlorine residual of less than
2 µg/L (0.002 ppm) (O.Reg. 170/03 -Procedure for Disinfection of Drinking Water in Ontario -
AWWA C651)at the outfall where detrimental effects may be suffered by plants and/or animals I
in the natural environment. The Contract Administrator will monitor the discharge of
wastewater. Should tests show a residual greater than 2 µg/L,the discharge shall be ceased
immediately and the procedure modified to meet the less than 2 µg/L objective. 1
Sites within 100 m of natural drainage, or with direct discharge to a water body, should be
considered high risk. In such instances,the Owner may request an enhanced dechlorination plan
along with contingency and mitigation plans in the event that the chlorine residuals exceed those
specified.
The Contract Administrator will monitor the discharge of wastewater to ensure the chlorine
residual and discharge limits are not exceeded.
5. Bacteriological Testing
g
After disinfection in accordance with AWWA C651,two consecutive sets of water samples, 1
taken at least 24 hours apart, shall be collected from every 350 metres of watermain or part
thereof, from the ends of the main line and from each branch line off the main line(50 mm dia.
or greater). If requested by the Operating Authority,the Contractor shall assist with the
sampling of the existing water system at a location(s)near the construction.
For new watermains with limited sampling points available, an alternative method of collecting I
Microbiological samples is Staged Sampling. Staged Sampling shall be performed as follows:
• A flow meter shall be installed to measure flow through the new watermain ,
• A sampling point shall be installed at the end of the new watermain(additional sampling
points may also be installed along the length of the watermain); and
I
I SP-29
I • Flow shall be established and samples shall be collected from the sampling point(s)at
intervals that are calculated to represent the lengths of the watermain as required by
IANSI/AWWA C651,based on the pipe size and measured flow rate.
Certified municipal staff or trained designate only(OWRA Reg. 170/03) shall collect samples
I for bacteriological testing. All water samples are to be analyzed by a provincially accredited
laboratory. One 200 mL bacteriological sample(bottles supplied by the Labs ONLY)must be
obtained from each location. The sample form is to be filled out requesting E. coli, Total
I Coliform and is to include the sampler's license number. Each sample collected must include a
"Total and Free Chlorine residual"reading.
I The Owner will pay Laboratory expenses for microbiological testing of the initial first 2 sets of
water samples required for commissioning the new mains. If the disinfection fails to produce
satisfactory sample test results, disinfection, sampling and testing shall be repeated at the
IContractor's expense.
The minimum requirements for acceptability of bacteriological tests are:
IEscherichia coli Not detectable
Total Coliform Not detectable
ICommissioning of New Main and Services
IOnce a complete set of bacteriological samples produce satisfactory test results,the Contractor
must request approval from the Operating Authority for the new watermain to be connected to
the existing water system. The Operating Authority and/or the Contract Administrator must be
Ipresent on site during the removal of the temporary connection and until the connection of the
new main to the existing waterworks has been completed.
IWhere existing watermains are to be tapped or cut for connection purposes,the pipe surface at
the location of the connection shall be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium
' hypochlorite solution. Where applicable,the drill/cutting/tapping bits and all surfaces of
mainstops, service saddles,tapping sleeves and valves which will come into contact with
drinking water shall likewise be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1%sodium
I hypochlorite solution immediately prior to installation. If any of the disinfected surfaces come
into contact with the soil and/or water in the excavation prior to use,the cleaning and
disinfection procedure shall be repeated.
IFlushing of services shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing
reaches at least 0.2mg/L free chlorine in a chlorinated system or 1.0mg/L combined chlorine in a
I chloraminated system. If these disinfectant concentrations cannot be achieved, flushing shall
continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing is representative of the
system residual in the break/connection area, determined by sampling upstream of the
I break/connection area and downstream at the flushing location, or by using documented
benchmarks for the area, as long as free chlorine concentrations are at least 0.05 mg/L in a
1
I
SP-30 I
chlorinated system and combined chlorine concentrations are at least 0.25 mg/L in a
chloraminated system.
ITEM NO. 18 1
TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PEDESTRIAN SAFETY
For the lump sum price bid,the Contractor shall include the cost of traffic control and pedestrian
safety as specified below and in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 706 and in accordance with the
Ministry of Labour,through the Occupational Health and Safety Act(OHSA) and Regulations
for Construction Projects,R.S.O. 1990 and R.R.O. 213/91 as amended by 631/94 and 145/00,
and as amended from time to time thereafter.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Temporary Conditions Control Plan,that is in
conformance with the Ontario Traffic Manual(OTM) Book 7- Temporary Conditions (latest
edition),to the Contract Administrator at the pre-construction meeting. The Temporary I
Conditions Control Plan shall reference the OTM Typical Layout used as a basis for the
submission.
General
In addition to the requirements in the Information to Bidders for Contractors to control traffic
and provide signage, in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7 - Temporary
Conditions(latest edition),the following conditions will apply:
• During periods of time where there is sanitary sewer and watermain construction on Russell •
Street between Highway No. 21 and Hunter Street this section of road can be closed subject
to acceptance of a detour plan by both Kincardine and the MTO. I
• At all times of construction, a minimum of one lane for traffic shall be open and maintained
using appropriate traffic control measures and signage.
• At the end of each working day,two lane traffic, controlled by barricades, delineators, etc., I
shall be maintained. Entrances to commercial establishments shall be maintained.
• Pedestrian Safety Considerations as per 2.6.2 of Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7.
• The Contractor will be required to obtain an encroachment permit for all required signage I
along the Highway 21 corridor. The fee amount will be paid directly by the Town.
Restrictions on Construction Operations I
Construction operations adversely affecting public traffic and the loading or unloading of
materials and construction equipment onto and from the travelled portion of the road shall not be
carried out during the following periods:
• 4:00 p.m.Friday to 7:00 a.m. Monday,for normal weekends
• All Canadian statutory holidays.
Basis of Payment for Traffic Control and Pedestrian Safety I
Payment for this item shall be as follows:
I
t
SP-31
(a) 60%for the submission of a Traffic Control Plan and initial installation.
(b) 30%for maintenance and continual implementation of the Traffic Control Plan including,
but not limited to, signage, flag persons,barricades, fencing etc. This portion of the lump sum
bid shall be paid in proportion to the permanent work completed.
(c) 10%for removal of signs,barricades, fencing etc.
ITEM NO. 19
BONDING AND INSURANCE
For the lump sum price bid,the Contractor shall include the cost of bonding and insurance as
specified in the Information to Bidders and the General Conditions of Contract. Payment under
this item will be made after mobilization and included with the first payment certificate.
ITEM NO.20
LUMP SUM FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS
For the lump sum price bid,the Contractor shall enter an amount for additional labour,
1 equipment or material required to complete the contract but not specifically covered by or related
to the other items in the Schedule of Items and Prices.
111
The lump sum bid may include,but is not limited to,the following: watchmen, on-site washroom
facilities,permits and approvals(other than those to be paid for by the Owner)or acquiring the
services of the local operating authorities.
This item shall also include attendance by a representative of the Contractor at a 2 hour
P
public information evening meeting(Monday to Thursday)that will be held at the
Kincardine Municipal Office or in one of the two schools on Russell Street prior to
commencing with any construction activities.
Each progress payment certificate will include a percentage of the tender price for this item in
proportion to the percentage of the permanent works completed. The submission by a tenderer
1 of an unbalanced price for this item renders the tender liable to disqualification.
ITEM NO.21
' IMPORTED GRANULAR BACKFILL
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply to the site,place and compact approved
imported granular material in the sewer and/or watermain trenches, whichever is applicable,
where native material is unsuitable. The removal and disposal of a similar amount of unsuitable
excavated material shall be included in the unit price bid for this item. Disposal shall be as
outlined under the General SP -Management of Excess Materials.
Payment under this item will only be made in areas where native backfill has been
specified,and in the opinion of the Contract Administrator,the native material is
unsuitable for backfill. In all areas where granular backfill is specified,the cost of this
material shall be included in the unit price bid for the item.
t
1
SP-32 I
ITEM NO. 22 1
SUPPLY AND PLACE IMPORTED GRANULAR BEDDING
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material,to place,
fine grade, and compact approved imported Granular 'A' bedding required in the sewer trench.
Payment for this item shall only occur when the soil conditions warrant it, and upon consultation
and approval from the Owner and Contract Administrator.
The removal and disposal of a similar amount of unsuitable excavated material shall be included
in the unit price bid for this item. Disposal shall be as outlined under the General SP-
Management of Excess Material.
Payment under this item will only be made in areas where,in the opinion of the Contract
Administrator,it is necessary to excavate below the proposed trench bottom and provide
additional granular bedding to provide a proper foundation. I
ITEM NO.23
RECONNECT EXISTING DRAINS AND SERVICES (up to 250 mm dia.) I
For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to excavate
for, supply and install,reconnect and backfill all existing drains and/or services encountered at
the time of construction. All connections shall be made with approved couplings(Fernco or
equivalent).
Payment under this item will only paidb be when it is determined the Contract Administrator
Y
that the work is required to:
111
Relocate drains and services that conflict with the sewer
• and/or watermain in horizontal or
vertical alignment.
• Repair any drains and services encountered that have not been shown on the drawings.
The Contractor is responsible for replacing all other broken or damaged drains and services
encountered in the excavation.
Pipe Material i
Pipe material for repairs shall be Polyethylene Sewer Pipe (flexible)—CSA certified Sewer
Class to B 182.6 or PVC SDR-28 for 100 mm— 150 mm diameter and PVC SDR-35 for
200 mm—250 mm diameter.
Bedding,Embedment and Backfill
Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, OPSD 802.013 or 802.014 for flexible pipe and
whichever soil type is applicable. I
Embedment material shall be Granular 'A"to 300 mm(min)above the top of the pipe.
1
I
SP-33
lITEM NO. 24
EROSION CONTROL
Silt Fence
For the unit price bid for erosion control,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and
material to provide the erosion control required for this project as shown on the drawings and as
specified in accordance with OPSS 805 Construction Specification for Temporary Erosion and
Sediment Control Measures, and to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the
time of construction.
Payment shall be as follows:
(a) 50%for initial installation
(b) 30%for maintenance
(c) 20%for removal
ITEM NO. 25
CONTINGENCIES
A lump sum allowance has been made for contingencies in the contract. Only those additional
items approved in writing on behalf of the Owner,by the Contract Administrator;will be
expended from this allowance.
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
The following items shall supplement the OPS General Conditions of Contract, latest edition.
1 1.0 Section GC 1.04.01,Definitions, shall be amended with the inclusion of the following
definitions:
Provisional means that the use of this item is conditional on the circumstances determined
by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction and that authorization to proceed
must be granted to the Contractor prior to proceeding with the work.
Shop Drawings means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for components
that will form a permanent part of the Work and may,without limiting the generality
thereof,include mechanical and electrical equipment or components permanently embedded
in the work.
Working Drawings or Working Plans means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the
Contractor for the execution of the Work and may,without limiting the generality thereof,
include formwork, falsework, and shoring plans;Roadway protection plans; or erection
diagrams.
2.0 Section GC 2.01,Reliance on Contract Documents,paragraph 2.01.01 a) shall be revised as
follows:
a) The location and depth of all utilities shown on the contract drawings are based on
information obtained from the applicable operating authority. Neither the Owner nor
the Contract Administrator can warrant the locations of the utilities.
3.0 Section GC 2.02, Order of Precedence, shall be revised such that documents shall take
precedence and govern in the following order:
a) Agreement
b) Addenda
c) Special Provisions
d) Contract Drawings
e) Information to Bidders
f) Standard Specifications
g) Standard Drawings
h) Tender
i) Supplemental General Conditions
j) General Conditions
1 k) Working Drawings
4.0 Section GC 3.05.01. Layout, shall be revised as follows:
The Contract Administrator shall, on behalf of the Owner,provide baseline and benchmark
information for the location,alignment, and elevation of the work including:
I
I
1
SGC-2
• Offset stakes for road centreline alignment
• Offset stakes for storm sewer structures and sanitary sewer structures I
• Final curb grade and alignment
• Alignment for bridge foundations
One week advance notice is required by the Contract Administrator to schedule the
construction layout.
5.0 Section GC 8.02.02,Advance Payments for Materials,the first sentence of paragraph
GC 8.02.02.01 shall berevised follows:
.01 The Owner may make advance payment for material intended for incorporation in the ,
work upon written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and
conditions:
6.0 Section GC 8.02.08.02,Taxes, shall be revised as follows:
"Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the
Contract Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor.
Such claims for additional tax costs shall be submitted not later than 120 days after completion."
7.0 Section GC 8.02.08.03, Taxes, shall be revised as follows:
"Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes,the
Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator, on forms provided by the Contract
Administrator,a statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than 120
days after completion."
8.0 Section GC 3.02.06, shall be revised as follows: 111
"Work related to the Shop Drawings shall not proceed until the Shop Drawings have been ,
signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with the word, "Reviewed"."
I
I
t
I
Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Supp Gen Conditions-17Feb8.docx
I
r
111
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS
FOR
ROADS AND PUBLIC WORKS
1
,v sr4O4
9
0 0 P
y S ��r
'o111
pal PRoJ
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
NOVEMBER 2006
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
I
I zsp 574't'09 Ontario Provincial Standards METRIC
9N for OPSS.MUNI 100
y a Roads and Public Works November 2006
c'q�Pao,.
I
OPS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Table of Contents
ISECTION GC 1.0-INTERPRETATION
GC 1.01 Captions 6
IGC 1.02 Abbreviations 6
GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References 6
111 GC 1.04 Definitions 6
GC 1.05 Substantial Performance 11
IGC 1.06 Completion 11
GC 1.07 Final Acceptance 11
IGC 1.08 Interpretation of Certain Words 11
ISECTION GC 2.0-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents 12
IGC 2.02 Order of Precedence 12
ISECTION GC 3.0-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority 14
IGC 3.02 Working Drawings 15
GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment 16
IGC 3.04 Emergency Situations 16
GC 3.05 Layout 16
I
GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time 16
GC 3.07 Delays 17
IGC 3.08 Assignment of Contract 17
GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor 18
I
IPage 1 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
GC 3.10 Changes 18
GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work 18
GC 3.10.02 Extra Work 19
GC 3.10.03 Additional Work 19
GC 3.11 Notices 19
GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance 19
111
GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation 20
GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work 20
I
GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping 20
GC 3.13.03 Claims Procedure 20 I
GC 3.13.04 Negotiations 21
GC 3.13.05 Mediation 21 I
GC 3.13.06 Payment 21
GC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties 21
GC 3.14 Arbitration 21
GC 3.14.01 Conditions for Arbitration 21
GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure 22
III
GC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator 22
GC 3.14.04 Costs 22
GC 3.14.05 The Decision 23
GC 3.15 Archaeological Finds 23 ,
SECTION GC 4.0-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS I GC 4.01 Working Area 24
GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits 24
I
GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials 24
GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property 25
GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor 25
GC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default 25
111
Page 2 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 i
I
I
IGC 4.07 Owner's Right to Correct a Default 26
IGC 4.08 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work 26
GC 4.09 Final Payment to Contractor 26
IGC 4.10 Termination of the Contract 26
GC 4.11 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations 27
I
GC 4.12 Use of Performance Bond 27
GC 4.13 Payment Adjustment 27
I
SECTION GC 5.0-MATERIAL
IGC 5.01 Supply of Material 28
GC 5.02 Quality of Material 28
IGC 5.03 Rejected Material 28
GC 5.04 Substitutions 29
IGC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material 29
GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material 29
I
GC 5.05.02 Care of Material 29
ISECTION GC 6.0-INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE
GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons, and Property 31
IGC 6.02 Indemnification 31
GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance 32
IGC 6.03.01 General 32
GC 6.03.02 General Liability Insurance 32
1 GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance 33
GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance 33
I GC 6.03.04.01 Aircraft Liability Insurance 33
GC 6.03.04.02 Watercraft Liability Insurance 33
GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance 33
I GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance 33
GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance 34
GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion 34
GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage 34
I
iPage 3 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
1
GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance 35
GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration 35 1
GC 6.04 Bonding 35
GC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board 36
SECTION GC 7.0-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK I GC 7.01 General 37
GC 7.02 Layout 39
I
GC 7.03 Working Area 39
GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment 40
I
GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles 40
GC 7.06 Condition of the Working Area 40
GC 7.07 Maintaining Roadways and Detours 40
GC 7.08 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services 41
GC 7.09 Approvals and Permits 41
GC 7.10 Suspension of Work 42
I
GC 7.11 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract 42
GC 7.12 Notices by the Contractor 42 r
GC 7.13 Obstructions 43
GC 7.14 Limitations of Operations 43 I
GC 7.15 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance 43
GC 7.16 Warranty 43 I
GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers 44
GC 7.18 Drainage 44
SECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
I
GC 8.01 Measurement 45
GC 8.01.01 Quantities 45 1
GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities 45
Page 4 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 i
I
I
IGC 8.02 Payment 46
IGC 8.02.01 Price for Work 46
GC 8.02.02 Advance Payments for Material 46
I GC 8.02.03 Certification and Payment 47
GC 8.02.03.01 Progress Payment Certificate 47
GC 8.02.03.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion 47
GC 8.02.03.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment 47
I GC 8.02.03.04 Certification of Substantial Performance 48
GC 8.02.03.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory
Holdback Release Payment Certificates 48
GC 8.02.03.06 Certification of Completion 49
I GC 8.02.03.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release
Payment Certificates 49
GC 8.02.03.08 Interest 50
I GC 8.02.03.09 Interest for Late Payment 50
GC 8.02.03.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims 51
GC 8.02.03.11 Owner's Set-Off 51
GC 8.02.03.12 Delay in Payment 51
IGC 8.02.04 Payment on a Time and Material Basis 51
GC 8.02.04.01 Definitions 51
GC 8.02.04.02 Daily Work Records 52
I GC 8.02.04.03 Payment for Work 53
GC 8.02.04.04 Payment for Labour 53
GC 8.02.04.05 Payment for Material 53
GC 8.02.04.06 Payment for Equipment 53
I GC 8.02.04.06.01 Working Time 53
GC 8.02.04.06.02 Standby Time 53
GC 8.02.04.07 Payment for Hand Tools 54
I GC 8.02.04.08 Payment for Work by Subcontractors 54
GC 8.02.04.09 Submission of Invoices 54
GC 8.02.04.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis 55
GC 8.02.04.11 Payment Inclusions 55
IGC 8.02.05 Final Acceptance Certificate 55
GC 8.02.06 Payment of Workers 55
IGC 8.02.07 Records 55
GC 8.02.08 Taxes 56
IGC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages 56
I
I
I
Page 5 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
SECTION GC 1.0-INTERPRETATION 111
GC 1.01 Captions
.01 The captions appearing in these General Conditions have been inserted as a matter of convenience
and for ease of reference only and in no way define, limit, or enlarge the scope or meaning of the
General Conditions or any provision hereof.
GC 1.02 Abbreviations
.01 The abbreviations on the left below are commonly found in the Contract Documents and represent
the organizations and phrases listed on the right:
"AASHTO" - American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials
"ACI" - American Concrete Institute
"ANSI" - American National Standards Institute
"ASTM" - American Society for Testing and Materials
"AWG" - American Wire Gauge
"AWWA" - American Water Works Association
"CCIL" - Canadian Council of Independent Laboratories
"CESA" - Canadian Engineering Standards Association
"CGSB" - Canadian General Standards Board
CSA - Canadian Standards Association
"CWB" - Canadian Welding Bureau
"GC" - General Conditions
"ISO" - International Organization for Standardization
"MOE" - Ontario Ministry of the Environment
"MTO" - Ontario Ministry of Transportation
"MUTCD" - Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices(Replaced by OTM)
"OPS" - Ontario Provincial Standard
"OPSD" - Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing
"OPSS" - Ontario Provincial Standard Specification
"OTM" - Ontario Traffic Manual
"PEO" - Professional Engineers Ontario
"SAE" - Society of Automotive Engineers
"SCC" - Standards Council of Canada
"SSPC" - Structural Steel Painting Council
"UL" - Underwriters Laboratories
"ULC" - Underwriters Laboratories Canada
GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References
.01 References to the masculine or singular throughout the Contract Documents shall be considered to
include the feminine and the plural and vice versa, as the context requires.
GC 1.04 Definitions
.01 For the purposes of this Contract the following definitions apply:
Actual Measurement means the field measurement of that quantity within the approved limits of the
Work.
Addendum means an addition or change in the tender documents issued by the Owner prior to tender
closing. '
Page 6 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
Additional Work means work not provided for in the Contract and not considered by the Contract
Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope.
Agreement means the agreement between the Owner and the Contractor for the performance of the
Work that is included in the Contract Documents.
' Base means a layer of material of specified type and thickness placed immediately below the pavement
wearing surface layers, curb and gutter,or sidewalk.
' Business Day means any Day except Saturdays, Sundays, and statutory holidays.
Certificate of Subcontract Completion means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator in
accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.02,Certification of Subcontract Completion.
Certificate of Substantial Performance means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at
Substantial Performance.
' Change Directive means any written instruction signed by the Owner, or by the Contract Administrator
where so authorized,directing that a Change in the Work or Extra Work be performed.
Change in the Work means the deletion, extension, increase, decrease, or alteration of lines; grades;
dimensions; quantities; methods; drawings; substantial changes in geotechnical, subsurface, surface, or
other conditions; changes in the character of the Work to be done; or materials of the Work or part
thereof,within the intended scope of the Contract.
1 Change Order means a written amendment to the Contract signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or
the Contract Administrator where so authorized, covering contingencies, a Change in the Work, Extra
Work, Additional Work, and changed subsurface conditions; and establishing the basis for payment and
' the time allowed for the adjustment of the Contract Time.
Completion Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at completion.
' Constructor means, for the purposes of, and within the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety
Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended and amendments thereto, the Contractor who executes the
Contract.
Contract means the undertaking by the Owner and the Contractor to perform their respective duties,
responsibilities, and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents.
Contract Administrator means the person, partnership, or corporation designated by the Owner to be
the Owner's representative for the purposes of the Contract.
Contract Documents mean the executed Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, Tender,
' General Conditions of Contract, Supplemental General Conditions of Contract, Standard Specifications,
Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, addenda incorporated in a Contract Document before the
execution of the Agreement, such other documents as may be listed in the Agreement, and subsequent
amendments to the Contract Documents made pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement.
Contract Drawings or Contract Plans mean drawings or plans, any Geotechnical Report, any
Subsurface Report, and any other reports and information provided by the Owner for the Work, and
without limiting the generality thereof, may include soil profiles, foundation investigation reports,
reinforcing steel schedules,aggregate sources lists,Quantity Sheets, and cross-sections.
Contract Time means the time stipulated in the Contract Documents for Substantial Performance of the
Work, including any extension of Contract Time made pursuant to the Contract Documents.
Page 7 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
1
Contractor means the person, partnership, or corporation undertaking the Work as identified in the
Agreement.
Controlling Operation means any component of the Work that, if delayed, may delay the completion of
the Work.
Cost Plus has the same meaning as"Time and Material." '
Cut-Off Date means the date up to which payment shall be made for work performed.
Daily Work Records mean daily Records detailing the number and categories of workers and hours
worked or on standby, types and quantities of Equipment and number of hours in use or on standby, and
description and quantities of Material utilized.
Day means a calendar day. ,
Drawings or Plans mean any Contract Drawings or Contract Plans, or any Working Drawings or Working
Plans, or any reproductions of drawings or plans pertaining to the Work.
111
End Result Specification means specifications that require the Contractor to be responsible for
supplying a product or part of the Work. The Owner accepts or rejects the final product or applies a price
adjustment that is commensurate with the degree of compliance with the specification. I
Equipment means all machinery and equipment used for preparing, fabricating, conveying or erecting
the Work and normally referred to as construction machinery and equipment.
Estimate means a calculation of the quantity or cost of the Work or part of it depending on the context.
Extra Work means work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but considered by the Contract
Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope,
including unanticipated work required to comply with legislation and regulations that affect the Work.
Final Acceptance Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Final
Acceptance of the Work.
Final Detailed Statement means a complete evaluation prepared by the Contract Administrator showing
the quantities, unit prices, and final dollar amounts of all items of work completed under the Contract,
including variations in tender items and Extra Work, all as set out in the same general form as the
monthly estimates.
Force Account has the same meaning as"Time and Material." ,
Geotechnical Report means a report or other information identifying soil, rock, and ground water
conditions in the area of any proposed Work.
Grade means the required elevation of that part of the Work.
Hand Tools means tools that are commonly called tools or implements of the trade and include small
power tools.
Highway means a common and public highway any part of that is intended for or used by the general
public for the passage of vehicles and includes the area between the lateral property lines thereof. '
Lot means a specific quantity of material or a specific amount of construction normally from a single
source and produced by the same process.
Page 8 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
Lump Sum Item means a tender item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment will be made at
a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given
I
in the Contract Documents.
Major Item means any tender item that has a value, calculated on the basis of its actual or estimated
tender quantity, whichever is the larger, multiplied by its tender unit price, which is equal or greater than
I
the lesser of,
a) $100,000,or
I b) 5% of the total tender value calculated on the basis of the total of all the estimated tender
quantities and the tender unit prices.
I Material means material, machinery, equipment and fixtures forming part of the Work.
Owner means the party to the Contract for whom the Work is being performed, as identified in the
Agreement, and includes,with the same meaning and import, "Authority."
IPavement means a wearing course or courses placed on the Roadway and consisting of asphaltic
concrete, hydraulic cement concrete, Portland cement concrete, or plant or road mixed mulch.
I
Performance Bond means the type of security furnished to the Owner to guarantee completion of the
Work in accordance with the Contract and to the extent provided in the bond.
Plan Quantity means that quantity as computed from within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in
I
the Contract Documents.
Project means the construction of the Work as contemplated by this Contract.
I
Quantity Sheet means a list of the quantities of Work to be done.
Quarried Rock means material removed from an open excavation made in a solid mass of rock that,
I
prior to removal,was integral with the parent mass.
Quarry means a place where Aggregate has been or is being removed from an open excavation made in
a solid mass of igneous, sedimentary, or metamorphic rock or any combination of these that, prior to
I
removal,was integral with the parent areas.
Rate of Interest means the rate of interest as determined under the Financial Administration Act by the
Minister of Finance of Ontario and issued by, and available from,the Owner.
IRecords mean any books, payrolls, accounts, or other information that relate to the Work or any Change
in the Work or claims arising therefrom.
' Roadway means that part of the Highway designed or intended for use by vehicular traffic and includes
the Shoulders.
I
Shoulder means that portion of the Roadway between the edge of the travelled portion of the wearing
surface and the top inside edge of the ditch or fill slope.
Special Provisions mean directions containing requirements specific to the Work.
IStandard Drawing or Standard Specification means a standard practice required and stipulated by the
Owner for performance of the Work.
I
Subbase means a layer of material of specified type and thickness between the Subgrade and the Base.
IPage 9 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
1
1
Subcontractor means a person, partnership or corporation undertaking the execution of a part of the
Work by virtue of an agreement with the Contractor.
Subgrade means the earth or rock surface, whether in cut or fill, as prepared to support the pavement
structure, consisting of Base,Subbase, and Pavement.
Subsurface Report means a report or other information identifying the location of Utilities, concealed and
adjacent structures, and physical obstructions that fall within the influence of the Work.
Superintendent means the Contractor's authorized representative in responsible charge of the Work.
Surety means the person, partnership or corporation, other than the Contractor, licensed in Ontario to
transact business under the Insurance Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.l.8, as amended, executing a bond provided
by the Contractor.
Tender means an offer in writing from the Contractor,submitted in the format prescribed by the Owner,to
complete the Work.
Time and Material means costs calculated according to clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and
Material Basis. Where"Cost Plus"and"Force Account"are used they shall have the same meaning.
Utility means an aboveground or underground facility maintained by a municipality, public utility authority
or regulated authority and includes services such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, water, electric, gas, oil,
steam, data transmission,telephone,and cable television.
Warranty Period means the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance or such
longer period as may be specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or some or all of the
Work. Where a date of Substantial Performance is not established,the Warranty Period shall commence
on the date of Completion.
Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents.
Working Area means all the lands and easements owned or acquired by the Owner for the construction
of the Work.
Working Day means any Day,
a) except Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays; ,
b) except a Day as determined by the Contract Administrator, on which the Contractor is prevented by
inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately therefrom, from proceeding with a Controlling
Operation. For the purposes of this definition, this shall be a Day during which the Contractor cannot
proceed with at least 60% of the normal labour and Equipment force effectively engaged on the
Controlling Operation for at least 5 hours;
c) except a Day on which the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with a Controlling Operation, as
determined by the Contract Administrator by reason of,
i. any breach of the Contract by the Owner or if such prevention is due to the Owner, another '
contractor hired by the Owner, or an employee of any one of them, or by anyone else acting on
behalf of the Owner.
ii. non-delivery of Owner supplied Materials.
iii. any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor that can be substantiated by the
Contractor to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
Page 10 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
Working Drawings or Working Plans means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the
execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include formwork, falsework, and
' shoring plans; Roadway protection plans; shop drawings; shop plans; or erection diagrams.
GC 1.05 Substantial Performance
.01 The Work is substantially performed,
a) when the Work to be performed under the Contract or a substantial part thereof is ready for use
or is being used for the purpose intended;and
' b) when the Work to be performed under the Contract is capable of completion or, where there is a
known defect,the cost of correction, is not more than
i. 3%of the first$500,000 of the Contract price,
ii. 2%of the next$500,000 of the Contract price,and
iii. 1%of the balance of the Contract price.
' .02 For the purposes of this Contract, where the Work or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is
being used for the purposes intended and the remainder of the Work cannot be completed
expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor or, where the Owner and the
Contractor agree not to complete the Work expeditiously, the price of the services or materials
remaining to be supplied and required to complete the Work shall be deducted from the Contract
price in determining Substantial Performance.
' GC 1.06 Completion
.01 The Work shall be deemed to be completed and services or Materials shall be deemed to be last
supplied to the Work when the price of completion, correction of a known defect, or last supply is not
more than the lesser of,
a) 1%of the Contract price; or
' b) $1,000.
GC 1.07 Final Acceptance
.01 Final Acceptance shall be deemed to occur when the Contract Administrator is satisfied that, to the
best of the Contract Administrator's knowledge at that time, the Contractor has rectified all imperfect
work and has discharged all of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract.
' GC 1.08 Interpretation of Certain Words
.01 The words "acceptable," "approval," "authorized," "considered necessary," "directed," "required,"
"satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approval of, directed, required, considered
necessary, or authorized by and acceptable or satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, unless the
context clearly indicates otherwise.
1
Page 11 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
1
SECTION GC 2.0-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents '
.01 The Owner warrants that the information furnished in the Contract Documents can be relied upon
with the following limitations or exceptions:
a) The location of all mainline underground Utilities that may affect the Work shall be shown to a
tolerance of:
i. 1 m horizontal,and
ii. 0.3 m vertical
.02 The Owner does not warrant or make any representation with respect to:
a) interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any Subsurface Report available for the perusal
of the Contractor,whether or not such report is included as part of the Contract Documents, and
b) other information specifically excluded from this warranty. '
GC 2.02 Order of Precedence
.01 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of the following documents, such 1
documents shall take precedence and govern in the following descending order:
a) Agreement ,
b) Addenda
c) Special Provisions ,
d) Contract Drawings
e) Standard Specifications '
f) Standard Drawings
g) Instructions to Tenderers '
h) Tender
i) Supplemental General Conditions
j) General Conditions
k) Working Drawings
Later dates shall govern within each of the above categories of documents.
.02 In the event of any conflict among or inconsistency in the information shown on Drawings, the
following rules shall apply:
a) Dimensions shown in figures on a Drawing shall govern where they differ from dimensions
scaled from the same drawing;
b) Drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale; I
Page 12 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
' vovergeneral and
Detailed Drawings shall govern ge e a Drawings; a d
Id) Drawings of a later date shall govern over those of an earlier date in the same series.
.03 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of Standard Specifications the following
descending order of precedence shall govern:
Ia) Owner's Standard Specifications
I b) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications
c) Other Standard Specifications, such as those produced by CSA, CGSB, ASTM, and ANSI and
referenced in the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications
1 .04 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding
as if required by all.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IPage 13 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
1
1
SECTION GC 3.0-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority I
.01 The Contract Administrator shall be the Owner's representative during construction and until the
issuance of the Completion Certificate or the issuance of the Final Acceptance Certificate,whichever
is later. All instructions to the Contractor, including instructions from the Owner, shall be issued by
the Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to act on behalf of
the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents.
.02 All claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the performance and the quality of the
Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Contract Administrator
in writing by the Contractor.
.03 The Contract Administrator may inspect the Work for its conformity with the Plans and Standard
Specifications, and to record the necessary data to establish payment quantities under the schedule
of tender quantities and unit prices or to make an assessment of the value of the work completed in
the case of a lump sum price Contract. '
.04 The Contract Administrator shall determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract
and shall issue certificates for payment in such amounts as provided for in Section GC 8.0,
Measurement and Payment.
.05 The Contract Administrator shall, with reasonable promptness, review and take appropriate action
upon the Contractor's submissions such as shop drawings, product data, and samples in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
.06 The Contract Administrator shall investigate all allegations of a Change in the Work made by the
Contractor and issue appropriate instructions.
.07 The Contract Administrator shall prepare Change Directives and Change Orders for the Owner's
approval.
.08 Upon written application by the Contractor,the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall jointly
conduct an inspection of the Work to establish the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or
the date of Completion of the Work or both.
.09 The Contract Administrator shall be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the Contract Documents
and the judge of the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract. Interpretations and
decisions of the Contract Administrator shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents
and, in making these decisions,the Contract Administrator shall not show partiality to either party.
.10 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to reject part of the Work or Material that does
not conform to the Contract Documents.
.11 In the event that the Contract Administrator determines that any part of the Work performed by the
Contractor is defective, whether the result of poor workmanship; the use of defective material; or
damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor and whether or not
incorporated in the Work; or otherwise fails to conform to the Contract Documents, then the
Contractor shall if directed by the Contract Administrator promptly remove the Work and replace,
make good,or re-execute the Work at no additional cost to the Owner. I
.12 Any part of the Work destroyed or damaged by such removals, replacements, or re-executions shall
be made good, promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner.
Page 14 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
.13 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, it is not expedient to correct defective work or work
not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from monies
otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that
called for by the Contract Documents,the amount that will be determined in the first instance by the
Contract Administrator.
.14 Notwithstanding any inspections made by the Contract Administrator or the issuance of any
certificates or the making of any payment by the Owner, the failure of the Contract Administrator to
reject any defective work or Material shall not constitute acceptance of defective work or Material.
.15 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to temporarily suspend the Work for such
reasonable time as may be necessary:
a) to facilitate the checking of any portion of the Contractor's construction layout;
b) to facilitate the inspection of any portion of the Work;or
' c) for the Contractor to remedy non-compliance in the case of such non-compliance with the
provisions of the Contract by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for suspension of the Work in these
' circumstances.
.16 The Owner has the right to terminate the Contract for wilful or persistent violation by the Contractor
or its workers of the Occupational Health and Safety Act legislation and regulations, Workplace
Safety and Insurance Board Act, and Regulation 309 of the Environmental Protection Act.
.17 If the Contract Administrator determines that any worker employed on the Work is incompetent, as
defined by the Occupational Health and Safety Act, or is disorderly, then the Contract Administrator
shall provide written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor shall immediately remove the
worker from the Working Area. Such worker shall not return to the Working Area without the prior
written consent of the Contract Administrator.
GC 3.02 Working Drawings
.01 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified and dated Working Drawings as
called for by the Contract Documents.
.02 The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings to the Contract Administrator with reasonable
promptness and in orderly sequence so as to not cause delay in the Work. If either the Contractor or
the Contract Administrator so requests, they shall jointly prepare a schedule fixing the dates for
submission and return of Working Drawings. Working Drawings shall be submitted in printed form.
At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any
deviations from the Contract requirements that exist in the Working Drawings.
.03 The Contract Administrator shall review and return Working Drawings in accordance with an agreed
upon schedule, or otherwise,with reasonable promptness so as not to cause delay.
.04 The Contract Administrator's review shall be to check for conformity to the design concept and for
general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors
' or omissions in the Working Drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the
Contract Documents, unless a deviation on the Working Drawings has been approved in writing by
the Contract Administrator.
I
Page 15 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
.05 The Contractor shall make any changes in Working Drawings that the Contract Administrator may
require to make the Working Drawings consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit, unless
otherwise directed by the Contract Administrator. When resubmitting,the Contractor shall notify the
Contract Administrator in writing of any revisions other than those requested by the Contract
Administrator.
.06 Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Working Drawings have been
signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with the words "Reviewed. Permission
to construct granted."
.07 The Contractor shall keep one set of the reviewed Working Drawings, marked as above, at the site
at all times.
GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment
.01 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, make alterations in the method, Equipment, or work
force at any time the Contract Administrator considers the Contractor's actions to be unsafe, or
damaging to either the Work or existing facilities or the environment.
.02 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, alter the sequence of its operations on the Contract
so as to avoid interference with work being performed by others.
.03 Notwithstanding the foregoing,the Contractor shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions and
protection are maintained throughout the Work.
GC 3.04 Emergency Situations '
.01 The Contract Administrator has the right to determine the existence of an emergency situation and,
when such an emergency situation is deemed to exist, the Contract Administrator may instruct the
Contractor to take action to remedy the situation. If the Contractor does not take timely action or, if
the Contractor is not available,the Contract Administrator may direct others to remedy the situation.
.02 If the emergency situation was the fault of the Contractor, the remedial work shall be done at the
Contractor's expense. If the emergency situation was not the fault of the Contractor,the Owner shall
pay for the remedial work.
GC 3.05 Layout
.01 The Contract Administrator shall provide baseline and benchmark information for the general
location, alignment, and elevation of the Work. The Owner shall be responsible only for the
correctness of the information provided by the Contract Administrator. I
GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time
.01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the
Contract Administrator as soon as the need for such extension becomes evident and at least 15
Days prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time
shall enumerate the reasons, and state the length of extension required.
.02 Circumstances suitable for consideration of an extension of Contract Time include the following:
a) Delays,subsection GC 3.07.
b) Changes in the Work,clause GC 3.10.01.
c) Extra Work, clause GC 3.10.02.
Page 16 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
Id) Additional Work, clause GC 3.10.03.
I .03 The Contract Administrator shall, in considering an application for an extension to the Contract Time,
take into account whether the delays, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, or Additional Work involve
a Controlling Operation.
I .04 The Contract Time shall be extended for such additional time as may be recommended by the
Contract Administrator and deemed fair and reasonable by the Owner.
.05 The terms and conditions of the Contract shall continue for such extension of Contract Time.
IGC 3.07 Delays
I .01 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by,
a) war, blockades, and civil commotions, errors in the Contract Documents;
I b) an act or omission of the Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by
them directly or indirectly,contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents;
c) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority, provided that such order was not issued
I as the result of an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the
Contractor directly or indirectly;
d) the Contract Administrator giving notice under subsection GC 7.10,Suspension of Work;
e) abnormal inclement weather;or
I f) archaeological finds in accordance with subsection GC 3.15,Archaeological Finds,
then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the
Contractor as the result of such delay, provided that in the case of an application for an extension of
I Contract Time due to abnormal inclement weather, the Contractor shall, with the Contractor's
application, submit evidence from Environment Canada in support of such application. Extension of
Contract Time may be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time.
I .02 If the Work is delayed by labour disputes, strikes or lock-outs, including lock-outs decreed or
recommended to its members by a recognized contractor's association, of which the Contractor is a
member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound, are beyond the Contractor's control, which
then the Contract Time shall be extended in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of
I
Contract Time. In no case shall the extension of Contract Time be less than the time lost as the
result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor. The
Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred as the result of such delays unless
Isuch delays are the result of actions by the Owner.
.03 The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the cost of delays incurred as a result of a dispute
between the Contractor and Owner. The Contractor shall execute the Work and may pursue
Iresolution of the dispute in accordance with subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediations.
GC 3.08 Assignment of Contract
I .01 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract, either in whole or in part, without the prior written
consent of the Owner.
I
IPage 17 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor
.01 The Contractor may subcontract any part of the Work, subject to these General Conditions and any
limitations specified in the Contract Documents.
.02 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator 10 Days prior to the start of construction, in
writing, of the intention to subcontract. Such notification shall identify the part of the Work, and the
Subcontractor with whom it is intended.
.03 The Contract Administrator shall, within 5 Days of receipt of such notification, accept or reject the
intended Subcontractor. The rejection shall be in writing and shall include the reasons for the
rejection.
.04 The Contractor shall not,without the written consent of the Owner, change a Subcontractor who has
been engaged in accordance with this subsection.
.05 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to
that part of the Work to be performed under subcontract and shall,
a) enter into agreements with the intended Subcontractors to require them to perform their work in
accordance with the Contract Documents; and
b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's Subcontractors '
and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons
directly employed by the Contractor.
.06 The Owner's consent to subcontracting by the Contractor shall not be construed to relieve the
Contractor from any obligation under the Contract and shall not impose any liability upon the Owner.
Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create a contractual relationship between a
Subcontractor and the Owner.
GC 3.10 Changes
GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work
.01 The Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, may, by order in writing, make a
Change in the Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to
proceed with a Change in the Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon
the receipt of such Change Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Change
in the Work.
.02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time.
.03 If the Change in the Work relates solely to quantities, payment for that part of the Work shall be
made according to the conditions specified in clause GC 8.01.02,Variations in Tender Quantities. If
the Change in the Work does not solely relate to quantities, then either the Owner or the Contractor
may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the adjustment of the Contract price in respect
of the Change in the Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation or
payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a
Time and Material Basis.
1
Page 18 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
GC 3.10.02 Extra Work
' .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may instruct the Contractor to perform
Extra Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with
the Extra Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon receipt of such Change
Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Extra Work.
' .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time.
' .03 Either the Owner or Contractor may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the payment for
the Extra Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may
be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and
1 Material Basis.
GC 3.10.03 Additional Work
' .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may request the Contractor to perform
Additional Work without invalidating the Contract. If the Contractor agrees to perform Additional
Work,the Contractor shall proceed with such Additional Work upon receipt of a Change Order.
' .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection
GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time.
' .03 Payment for the Additional Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims,
Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause
GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 3.11 Notices
.01 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent in
respect of the Work shall be deemed to have been given to and received by the addressee on the
date of delivery if delivered by hand, email, or by facsimile transmission and on the fifth Day after the
date of mailing, if sent by mail.
.02 The Contractor and the Owner shall provide each other with the mail and email addresses; pager,
' cell phone, and telephone numbers; and facsimile terminal numbers for the Contract Administrator
and the Superintendent at the commencement of the Work, and update as necessary.
' .03 In the event of an emergency situation or other urgent matter the Contract Administrator or the
Superintendent may give a verbal notice, provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within
2 Days.
' .04 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Owner or the Contractor shall be given in
accordance with the notice provision of the Contract.
GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance
' .01 Where it is not contemplated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner may use or occupy
the Work or any part thereof prior to Substantial Performance, provided that at least 30 Days written
notice has been given to the Contractor.
' .02 The use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner prior to Substantial Performance
shall not constitute an acceptance of the Work or parts so occupied. In addition, the use or
occupancy of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any liability
that has arisen, or may arise, from the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract
Page 19 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
1
I
Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for any damage that occurs because of the Owner's
use or occupancy. Such use or occupancy of any part of the Work by the Owner does not waive the
Owner's right to charge the Contractor liquidated damages in accordance with the terms of the
Contract.
GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation
GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work
.01 Unless the Contract has been terminated or completed, the Contractor shall in every case, after
serving or receiving any notification of a claim or dispute, verbal or written, continue to proceed with
the Work with due diligence and expedition. It is understood by the parties that such action shall not
jeopardize any claim it may have.
GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping I
.01 Immediately upon commencing work that may result in a claim, the Contractor shall keep Daily Work
Records during the course of the Work, sufficient to substantiate the Contractor's claim, and the
Contract Administrator shall keep Daily Work Records to be used in assessing the Contractor's
claim,all in accordance with clause GC 8.02.07, Records.
.02 The Contractor and the Contract Administrator shall attempt to reconcile their respective Daily Work
Records on a daily basis, to simplify review of the claim, when submitted. If the Contractor and the
Contract Administrator fail to reconcile their respective Daily Work Records,then the Contractor shall
submit its Daily Work Records as part of its claim, whereby the resolution of the dispute about the
Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there is a resolution of the claim.
.03 The keeping of Daily Work Records by the Contract Administrator or the reconciling of such Daily
Work Records with those of the Contractor shall not be construed to be acceptance of the claim.
GC 3.13.03 Claims Procedure
.01 The Contractor shall give verbal notice of any situation that may lead to a claim for additional
payment immediately upon becoming aware of the situation.
.02 The Contractor shall provide written notice in the standard form "Notice of Intent to Claim" within
7 Days of the commencement of any part of the Work that may be affected by the situation. ,
.03 The Contractor shall submit detailed claims as soon as reasonably possible and in any event no
later than 30 Days after completion of the work affected by the situation. The detailed claim shall:
a) identify the item or items in respect of which the claim arises;
b) state the grounds, contractual or otherwise, upon which the claim is made;and
c) include the Records maintained by the Contractor supporting such claim.
In exceptional cases, the 30 Days may be increased to a maximum of 90 Days with approval in
writing from the Contract Administrator.
.04 Within 30 Days of the receipt of the Contractor's detailed claim, the Contract Administrator may
request the Contractor to submit any further and other particulars as the Contract Administrator
considers necessary to assess the claim. The Contractor shall submit the requested information
within 30 Days of receipt of such request.
I
Page 20 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
I .05 Within 90 Days of receipt of the detailed claim, the Contract Administrator shall advise the
Contractor, in writing, of the Contract Administrator's opinion with regard to the validity of the claim.
IGC 3.13.04 Negotiations
.01 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and
I agree to provide, without prejudice, open and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information, and
documents to facilitate these negotiations.
.02 Should the Contractor disagree with the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.13.03.05, with respect to
I any part of the claim, the Contract Administrator shall enter into negotiations with the Contractor to
resolve the matters in dispute. Where a negotiated settlement cannot be reached and it is agreed
that payment cannot be made on a Time and Material basis in accordance with clause GC 8.02.04,
I Payment on a Time and Material Basis, the parties shall proceed in accordance with clause
GC 3.13.05, Mediation, or subsection GC 3.14,Arbitration.
GC 3.13.05 Mediation
I .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04,
Negotiations,within a period of 30 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.13.03.05, and
the Contractor wishes to pursue the issue further, the parties may, upon mutual agreement, utilize
Ithe services of an independent third party mediator.
.02 The mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor.
I .03 The mediator shall be knowledgeable regarding the area of the disputed issue. The mediator shall
meet with the parties together or separately, as necessary, to review all aspects of the issue. In a
final attempt to assist the parties in resolving the issue themselves prior to proceeding to arbitration
Ithe mediator shall provide,without prejudice, a non-binding recommendation for settlement.
.04 The review by the mediator shall be completed within 90 Days following the opinion given in
paragraph GC 3.13.03.05.
I .05 Each party is responsible for its own costs related to the use of the third party mediator process.
The cost of the third party mediator shall be equally shared by the Owner and Contractor.
IGC 3.13.06 Payment
.01 Payment of the claim shall be made no later than 30 Days after the date of resolution of the claim or
dispute. Such payment shall be made according to the terms of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and
IPayment.
GC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties
I .01 It is agreed that no action taken under subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, by
either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any of the rights or recourse available
to the parties, provided that the requirements set out in this subsection are fulfilled.
IGC 3.14 Arbitration
GC 3.14.01 Conditions of Arbitration
I .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04,
Negotiations, or the mediation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.05, Mediation, either party may invoke
the provisions of subsection GC 3.14,Arbitration, by giving written notice to the other party.
IPage 21 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
1
.02 Notification that arbitration shall be implemented to resolve the issue shall be communicated in
writing as soon as possible and no later than 60 Days following the opinion given in paragraph
GC 3.13.03.05. Where the use of a third party mediator was implemented, notification shall be
within 120 Days of the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.13.03.05.
.03 The parties shall be bound by the decision of the arbitrator.
.04 The rules and procedures of the Arbitration Act, 1991, S.O. 1991, c.17, as amended, shall apply to
any arbitration conducted hereunder except to the extent that they are modified by the express
provisions of subsection GC 3.14,Arbitration.
GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure
.01 The following provisions are to be included in the agreement to arbitrate and are subject only to such
right of appeal as exist where the arbitrator has exceeded his or her jurisdiction or have otherwise
disqualified him or herself:
a) All existing actions in respect of the matters under arbitration shall be stayed pending arbitration; ,
b) All outstanding claims and matters to be settled are to be set out in a schedule to the agreement.
Only such claims and matters as are in the schedule shall be arbitrated; and
c) Before proceeding with the arbitration,the Contractor shall confirm that all matters in dispute are
set out in the schedule.
GC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator I
.01 The arbitrator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor to adjudicate the dispute.
.02 Where the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on a sole arbitrator within 30 Days of the notification111
of arbitration noted in paragraph GC 3.14.01.02,the Owner and the Contractor shall each choose an
appointee within 37 Days of the notice of arbitration.
.03 The appointees shall mutually agree upon an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 15 Days after
the last appointee was chosen or they shall refer the matter to the Arbitration and Mediation Institute
of Ontario Inc., which may select an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 7 Days of being
requested to do so.
.04 The arbitrator shall not be interested financially in the Contract nor in either party's business and
shall not be employed by either party.
.05 The arbitrator may appoint independent experts and any other persons to assist him or her.
.06 The arbitrator is not bound by the rules of evidence that govern the trial of cases in court but may
hear and consider any evidence that the arbitrator considers relevant.
.07 The hearing shall commence within 90 Days of the appointment of the arbitrator.
GC 3.14.04 Costs ,
.01 The arbitrator's fee shall be equally shared by the Owner and the Contractor.
.02 The fees of any independent experts and any other persons appointed to assist the arbitrator shall
be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor.
I
Page 22 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
.03 The arbitration hearing shall be held in a place mutually agreed upon by both parties or in the event
the parties do not agree, a site shall be chosen by the arbitrator. The cost of obtaining appropriate
facilities shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor.
.04 The arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs,related to the arbitration.
GC 3.14.05 The Decision
.01 The reasoned decision shall be made in writing within 90 Days of the conclusion of the hearing. An
I extension of time to make a decision may be granted with consent of both parties. Payment shall be
made in accordance with clause GC 3.13.06, Payment.
GC 3.15 Archaeological Finds
.01 If the Contractor's operations expose any items that may indicate an archaeological find, such as
building remains, hardware, accumulations of bones, pottery, or arrowheads, the Contractor shall
immediately notify the Contract Administrator and suspend operations within the area identified by
I the Contract Administrator. Notification may be verbal provided that such notice is confirmed in
writing within 2 Days. Work shall remain suspended within that area until otherwise directed by the
Contract Administrator in writing, in accordance with subsection GC 7.10,Suspension of Work.
.02 Any delay in the completion of the Contract that is caused by such a suspension of Work shall be
considered to be beyond the Contractor's control in accordance with paragraph GC 3.07.01.
' .03 Any work directed or authorized in connection with an archaeological find shall be considered as
Extra Work in accordance with clause GC 3.10.02, Extra Work.
.04 The Contractor shall take all reasonable action to minimize additional costs that may accrue as a
result of any work stoppage.
I
a
I
1
1
I
Page 23 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
1
SECTION GC 4.0-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS
GC 4.01 Working Area
.01 The Owner shall acquire all property rights that are deemed necessary by the Owner for the
construction of the Work, including temporary working easements, and shall indicate the full extent
of the Working Area on the Contract Drawings. 1
.02 The Geotechnical Report and Subsurface Report that may be provided by the Owner as part of the
tender documents shall form part of the Contract Drawings.
GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits
.01 The Owner shall pay for all plumbing and building permits.
.02 The Owner shall obtain and pay for all permits, licences, and certificates solely required for the
design of the Work.
GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials ,
.01 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents the materials to be moved within or removed
from the Working Area and any characteristics of those materials that necessitates special materials
management and disposition.
.02 In accordance with regulations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1,
as amended,the Owner advises that,
a) the designated substances silica, lead, and arsenic are generally present throughout the
Working Area occurring naturally or as a result of vehicle emissions;
b) the designated substance asbestos may be present in cement products, asphalt, and conduits
for Utilities;
c) the following hazardous materials are ordinarily present in construction activities: limestone,
gypsum, marble, mica,and Portland cement; and
d) exposure to these substances may occur as a result of activities by the Contractor such as
sweeping, grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting, cutting,and abrasive blasting.
.03 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents any designated substances or hazardous
materials other than those identified above and their location in the Working Area.
.04 If the Owner or Contractor discovers or is advised of the presence of designated substances or
hazardous materials that are in addition to those listed in paragraph GC 4.03.02, or not clearly
identified in the Contract Documents according to paragraph GC 4.03.03, then verbal notice shall be
provided to the other party immediately with written confirmation within 2 Days. The Contractor shall
stop work in the area immediately and shall determine the necessary steps required to complete the
work in accordance with applicable legislation and regulation.
.05 The Owner shall be responsible for any reasonable additional costs of removing, managing and
disposing of any material not identified in the Contract Documents, or where conditions exist that
could not have been reasonably foreseen at the time of tendering. All work under this paragraph
shall be deemed to be Extra Work.
Page 24 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
1
.06 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Owner shall provide to the Contractor a list of those
products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS), that
1 the Owner may supply or use on the Contract, together with copies of the Materials Safety Data
Sheets for these products. All containers used in the application of products controlled under
WHMIS shall be labelled. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of changes to the list and
' provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets.
GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property
.01 The Owner shall pay the costs of all flagging and other traffic control measures required and
provided by the railway company unless such costs are solely a function of the Contractor's chosen
method of completing the Work.
.02 Every precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to protect all railway property at track crossings; or
otherwise, on which construction operations are to take place in accordance with the terms of this
Contract.
' .03 The Contractor shall be required to conduct the construction operations in such a manner as to
avoid a possibility of damaging any railway property in the vicinity of the works. Every reasonable
precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure the safety of the workers, Subcontractors, and
Equipment, as well as railway property throughout the duration of the Contract.
GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor
' .01 If the Contractor fails to commence the Work within 14 Days of a formal order to commence work
signed by the Contract Administrator or, upon commencement of the Work, should neglect to
prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract and,
if the Contract Administrator has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that
sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or
remedy the Owner may have, notify the Contractor in writing that the Contractor is in default of the
Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the default in the
5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such notice.
.02 If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
because of the Contractor's insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's
insolvency, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, by
giving the Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing,terminate the Contract.
GC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default
.01 The Contractor shall have the right within the 5 full Working Days following the receipt of a notice of
default to correct the default and provide the Owner with satisfactory proof that appropriate
corrective measures have been taken.
' .02 If the correction of the default cannot be completed within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of
the notice,the Contractor shall not be in default if the Contractor,
' a) commences the correction of the default within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of the
notice;
b) provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for the progress of such correction;and
c) completes the correction in accordance with such schedule.
1
1 Page 25 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI100
I
111
GC 4.07 Owner's Right to Correct Default
.01 If the Contractor fails to correct the default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06,
Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice
to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may correct such default and deduct the cost
thereof, as certified by the Contract Administrator, from any payment then or thereafter due to the
Contractor.
GC 4.08 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work
.01 Where the Contractor fails to correct a default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06,
Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice
to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may terminate the Contractor's right to continue
the Work in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Contractor.
.02 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part, the
Owner shall be entitled to,
a) take possession of the Working Area or that portion of the Working Area devoted to that part of ,
the Work terminated;
b) use the Equipment of the Contractor and any Material within the Working Area that is intended to
be incorporated into the Work,the whole subject to the right of third parties;
c) withhold further payments to the Contractor with respect to the Work or the portion of the Work
withdrawn from the Contractor until the Work or portion thereof withdrawn is completed;
d) charge the Contractor the additional cost over the Contract price of completing the Work or
portion thereof withdrawn from the Contractor, as certified by the Contract Administrator and any
additional compensation paid to the Contract administrator for such additional service arising
from the correction of the default;
e) charge the Contractor a reasonable allowance, as determined by the Contract Administrator, to
cover correction to the Work performed by the Contractor that may be required under subsection
GC 7.16,Warranty;
f) charge the Contractor for any damages the Owner sustained as a result of the default; and I
g) charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Work under subsection
GC 7.16, Warranty, exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections.
GC 4.09 Final Payment to Contractor
.01 If the Owner's cost to correct and complete the Work in whole or in part is less than the amount
withheld from the Contractor under subsection GC 4.08, Termination of Contractor's Right to
Continue the Work, the Owner shall pay the balance to the Contractor as soon as the final
accounting for the Contract is complete.
GC 4.10 Termination of the Contract '
.01 Where the Contractor is in default of the Contract the Owner may, without prejudice to any other
right or remedy the Owner may have,terminate the Contract by giving written notice of termination to
the Contractor, the Surety, and any trustee or receiver acting on behalf of the Contractor's estate or
creditors.
I
Page 26 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
.02 If the Owner elects to terminate the Contract,the Owner may provide the Contractor and the trustee
or receiver with a complete accounting to the date of termination.
IGC 4.11 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations
.01 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction, and warranty of the Work
I performed prior to the time of termination of the Contract or termination of the Contractor's right to
continue with the Work in whole or in part shall continue to be in force after such termination.
I GC 4.12 Use of Performance Bond
.01 If the Contractor is in default of the Contract and the Contractor has provided a Performance Bond,
the provisions of Section GC 4.0, Owner's Responsibilities and Rights, shall be exercised in
Iaccordance with the conditions of the Performance Bond.
GC 4.13 Payment Adjustment
I .01 If any situation should occur in the performance of the Work that would result in a Change in the
Work, the Owner shall be entitled to an adjustment and those adjustments shall be managed in
accordance with subsection GC 3.10.01, Changes in the Work.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1 Page 27 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
SECTION GC 5.0-MATERIAL
GC 5.01 Supply of Material ,
.01 All Material necessary for the proper completion of the Work, except that listed as being supplied by
the Owner, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract price for the appropriate tender items
shall be deemed to include full compensation for the supply of such Material. I
GC 5.02 Quality of Material
.01 All Material supplied by the Contractor shall be new, unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
.02 Material supplied by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Contract.
.03 As specified in the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator, the
Contractor shall make available, for inspection or testing, a sample of any Material to be supplied by
the Contractor.
.04 The Contractor shall obtain for the Contract Administrator the right to enter onto the premises of the
Material manufacturer or supplier to carry out such inspection, sampling, and testing as specified in
the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator. ,
.05 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the sources of supply sufficiently in advance
of the Material shipping dates to enable the Contract Administrator to perform the required
inspection,sampling, and testing.
.06 The Owner shall not be responsible for any delays to the Contractor's operations where the
Contractor fails to give sufficient advance notice to the Contract Administrator to enable the Contract
Administrator to carry out the required inspection, sampling, and testing before the scheduled
shipping date.
.07 The Contractor shall not change the source of supply of any Material without the written
111
authorization of the Contract Administrator.
.08 Material that is not specified shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required, and the use of
such Material shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator. I
.09 All Material inspection, sampling, and testing shall be carried out on random basis in accordance
with the standard inspection or testing methods required for the Material. Any approval given by the
Contract Administrator for the Materials to be used in the Work based upon the random method shall
not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of incorporating Material that conforms to the
Contract Documents into the Work or properly performing the Contract and of any liability arising
from the failure to properly perform as specified in the Contract Documents.
GC 5.03 Rejected Material
.01 Rejected Material shall be removed from the Working Area expeditiously after the notification to that
effect from the Contract Administrator. Where the Contractor fails to comply with such notice, the
Contract Administrator may cause the rejected Material to be removed from the Working Area and
disposed of, in what the Contract Administrator considers to be the most appropriate manner, and
the Contractor shall pay the costs of disposal and the appropriate overhead charges.
I
Page 28 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
1 GC 5.04 Substitutions
.01 Where the Contract Documents require the Contractor to supply a Material designated by a trade or
other name, the Tender shall be based only upon supply of the Material so designated, that shall be
regarded as the standard of quality required by the Contract Documents. After the acceptance of
the Tender, the Contractor may apply to the Contract Administrator to substitute another Material
identified by a different trade or other name for the Material designated as aforesaid. The
application shall be in writing and shall state the price for the proposed substitute Material
designated as aforesaid,and such other information as the Contract Administrator may require.
.02 Rulings on a proposed substitution shall not be made prior to the acceptance of the Tender.
Substitutions shall not be made without the prior approval of the Contract Administrator. The
approval or rejection of a proposed substitution shall be at the discretion of the Contract
' Administrator.
.03 If the proposed substitution is approved by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall be
entitled to the first$1,000 of the aggregate saving in cost by reason of such substitution and to 50%
1 of any additional saving in cost in excess of such $1,000. Each such approval shall be conveyed to
the Contractor in writing or by issuance of a Certificate of Equality on the Owner's standard form of
"Certification of Equality" and, if any adjustment to the Contract price is made by reason of such
substitution, a Change Order shall be issued as well.
' GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material
GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material
.01 Where Material is supplied by the Owner and where this Material is ordered by the Contractor in
excess of the amount specified to complete the Work, such excess Material shall become the
' property of the Contractor on completion of the Work and shall be charged to the Contractor at cost
plus applicable overheads.
GC 5.05.02 Care of Material
r .01 The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of shipments of Material supplied by the Owner, provide
adequate and proper storage facilities acceptable to the Contract Administrator,and on the receipt of
such Material shall promptly place it in storage, except where it is to be incorporated forthwith into
the Work.
.02 The Contractor shall be responsible for acceptance of Material supplied by the Owner, at the
' specified delivery point and for its safe handling and storage. If such Material is damaged while
under the control of the Contractor, it shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no expense
to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. If such Material is rejected by the
Contract Administrator for reasons that are not the fault of the Contractor, it shall remain in the care
and at the risk of the Contractor until its disposition has been determined by the Contract
Administrator.
.03 Where Material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery point in a damaged condition or where
there are discrepancies between the quantities received and the quantities shown on the bills of
lading, the Contractor shall immediately report such damage or discrepancies to the Contract
Administrator who shall arrange for an immediate inspection of the shipment and provide the
Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such damage or deficiencies. Where
' damage or deficiencies are not so reported, it shall be assumed that the shipment arrived in good
condition and order, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the
Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner.
Page 29 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
1
.04 The full amount of Material supplied by the Owner in each shipment shall be accounted for by the
Contractor and such Material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after taking delivery. Such
Material shall not, except with the written permission of the Contract Administrator, be used by the
Contractor for purposes other than the performance of the Work under the Contract.
.05 Empty reels, crates, containers, and other type of packaging from Material supplied by the Owner
shall become the property of the Contractor when they are no longer required for their original
purpose and shall be disposed of by the Contractor, unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Documents.
.06 Immediately upon receipt of each shipment, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator
copies of bills of lading, or such other documentation the Contract Administrator may require to
substantiate and reconcile the quantities of Material received.
.07 Where Material supplied by the Owner is ordered and stockpiled prior to the award of the Contract,
the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, immediately upon commencement of operations,
check the Material, report any damage or deficiencies to the Contract Administrator and take charge
of the Material at the stockpile site. Where damage or deficiencies are not so recorded by the
Contractor, it shall be assumed that the stockpile was in good condition and order when the
Contractor took charge of it, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good
by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner.
r
I
r
I
I
r
I
I
I
Page 30 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
1
I
SECTION GC 6.0-INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE
IGC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property
.01 The Contractor, the Contractor's agents, and all workers employed by or under the control of the
I
Contractor, including Subcontractors, shall protect the Work, persons, and property from damage or
injury. The Contractor shall be responsible for all losses and damage that may arise as the result of
the Contractor's operations under the Contract, unless indicated to the contrary below.
I
.02 The Contractor is responsible for the full cost of any necessary temporary protective work or works
and the restoration of all damage where the Contractor damages the Work or property in the
performance of the Contract. If the Contractor is not responsible for the damage that occurs to the
I
Work or property, the Contractor shall restore such damage, and such work and payment shall be
administered according to these General Conditions.
.03 The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contract Administrator of all damage and injuries that
I
occur during the term of the Contract. The Contractor shall then investigate and report back to the
Contract Administrator within 15 Days of occurrence of incident, or as soon as possible.
.04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that occurs as a result of,
Ia) war;
b) blockades and civil commotions;
Ic) errors in the Contract Documents; or
I d) acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contract Administrator, their agents and employees, or
others not under the control of the Contractor, but within the Working Area with the Owner's
permission.
I .05 The Contractor and the Contractor's Surety shall not be released from any term or provision of any
responsibility, obligation, or liability under the Contract or waive or impair any of the rights of the
Owner, except by a release duly executed by the Owner.
IGC 6.02 Indemnification
.01 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Contract Administrator, their
elected officials, agents, officers, and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses,
I expenses, costs, damages, actions,suits, or proceedings by third parties, hereinafter called"claims",
directly or indirectly arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or the failure to perform the
Work, provided such claims are,
I
a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to damage to or destruction of tangible
property;
I
b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor
may be liable; and
c) made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work
I
as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work or,where so specified in the
Contract Documents,from the date of certification of Final Acceptance.
I
1 Page 31 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
1
.02 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all and every claim for damages,
royalties or fees for the infringement of any patented invention or copyright occasioned by the
Contractor in connection with the Work performed or Material furnished by the Contractor under the
Contract.
.03 The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in paragraphs
GC 6.02.01 and GC 6.02.02. '
.04 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, their elected officials, agents, officers,
and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions,
suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract that are attributable
to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Working Area.
.05 The Contractor expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in
paragraph GC 6.02.04.
GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance ,
GC 6.03.01 General
.01 Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall
provide, maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02 and
GC 6.03.03. Insurance coverage in clauses GC 6.03.04, GC 6.03.05, and GC 6.03.06 shall only
apply when so specified in the Contract Documents.
.02 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with an original Certificate of Insurance for
each type of insurance coverage that is required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall
ensure that the Contract Administrator is, at all times in receipt of a valid Certificate of Insurance for
each type of insurance coverage, in such amounts as specified in the Contract Documents. The
Contractor will not be permitted to commence work until the Contract Administrator is in receipt of
such proof of insurance. The Contract Administrator may withhold payments of monies due to the
Contractor until the Contractor has provided the Contract Administrator with original valid Certificates
of Insurance as required by the provisions of the Contract Documents.
GC 6.03.02 General Liability Insurance
.01 General liability insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract I
Administrator named as additional insureds, with limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive
per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, with a
property damage deductible of not more than $5,000. The form of this insurance shall be the
Insurance Bureau of Canada Form IBC 2100.
.02 Another form of insurance equal to or better than that required in IBC Form 2100 may be used,
provided all the requirements listed in the Contract are included. Approval of this insurance shall be
conditional upon the Contractor obtaining the services of an insurer licensed to underwrite insurance
in the Province of Ontario and obtaining the insurer's certificate of equivalency to the required
insurance.
.03 The Contractor shall maintain in force such policies of insurance specified by the Contract
Documents at all times from the commencement of the Work until the end of any Warranty Period or
as otherwise required by the Contract Documents. '
.04 The Contractor shall submit annually to the Owner, proof of continuation of the completed operations
coverage and, if the Contractor fails to do so,the limitation period for claiming indemnity described in
paragraph GC 6.02.01 c), shall not be binding on the Owner. ,
Page 32 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 111
1
1
.05 Should the Contractor decide not to employ Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of
explosives for blasting, pile driving or caisson work, removal or weakening of support of property
' building or land, IBC Form 2100 as required shall include the appropriate endorsements.
.06 The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in
advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage.
' .07 "Claims Made"insurance policies shall not be permitted.
' GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance
.01 Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than five
million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death and damage to property, in the
following forms endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance
of any cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage:
' a) standard non-owned automobile policy including standard contractual liability endorsement, and
b) standard owner's form automobile policy providing third party liability and accident benefits
insurance and covering licensed vehicles owned or operated by the Contractor.
' GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance
' GC 6.03.04.01 Aircraft Liability Insurance
.01 Aircraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft used directly or indirectly in
the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not
' less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property
including loss of use thereof, and limits of not less than five million dollars for aircraft passenger
hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed
to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or
' amendment restricting coverage.
6.03.04.02 Watercraft Liability Insurance
1 .01 Watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned watercraft used directly or
indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to
limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and
damage to property including loss of use thereof. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to
1 the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written
notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage.
GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance
GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance
1 .01 All risks property insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract
Administrator named as additional insureds, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the
Contract price and the full value, as may be stated in the Contract Documents, of Material that is
specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work, with a deductible not
1 exceeding 1% of the amount insured at the site of the Work. This insurance shall be in a form
acceptable to the Owner and shall be maintained continuously until 10 Days after the date of Final
Acceptance of the Work,as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
1
1 Page 33 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
1
GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance
.01 Boiler insurance insuring the interests of the Contractor, the Owner and the Contract Administrator
for not less than the replacement value of boilers and pressure vessels forming part of the Work,
shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. This insurance shall be maintained continuously from
commencement of use or operation of the property insured until 10 Days after the date of Final
Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate. '
GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion
.01 Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or all of the Work prior to Substantial Performance,the
Owner shall give 30 Days written notice to the Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such
use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of
the additional premium cost, if any, to maintain property and boiler insurance, which shall be at the
Owner's expense. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide
coverage, the Owner upon written notice from the Contractor and prior to such use or occupancy
shall provide, maintain, and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work,
including coverage for such use or occupancy, and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such
insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the
Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage.
.02 The policies shall provide that, in the event of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the
Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on
behalf of both the Owner and the Contractor for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or
damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the
Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and
obligations of either party under the Contract, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such
reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Contract
Administrator may decide in consultation with the Contractor.
111
GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage
.01 The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the
Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised,
such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds, and in accordance with the
requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. In addition, the Contractor shall be
entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurers the amount of the Contractor's interest in
the restoration of the Work.
.02 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies, except where such
amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of this Contract. '
.03 In the event of a loss or damage to the Work arising from the action or omission of the Owner or
others, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the
Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and
Payment.
1
1
1
Page 34 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
11 GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance
I
.01 All risks Contractor's equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by
the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and
pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims
by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less
I than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage.
Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance of the
Contractor's Equipment, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement, and for
I the purpose of this Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to be insured. This policy shall be
amended to provide permission for the Contractor to grant prior releases with respect to damage to
the Contractor's Equipment.
I
GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration
.01 Unless specified otherwise, the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of
commencement of the Work until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out
I
in the Final Acceptance Certificate.
.02 The Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, proof of insurance prior
to commencement of the Work and signed by an officer of the Contractor and either the underwriter
I
or the broker.
.03 The Contractor shall, on request, promptly provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each
insurance policy exclusive of information pertaining to premium or premium bases used by the
I
insurer to determine the cost of the insurance. The certified true copy shall include a signature by an
officer of the Contractor and, in addition, a signature by an officer of the insurer or the underwriter or •
the broker.
I
.04 Where a policy is renewed, the Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the
Owner, renewed proof of insurance immediately following completion of renewal.
1 .05 Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of deductible
amounts under the policies.
.06 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required in subsection GC 6.03,
I
Contractor's Insurance,or elsewhere in the Contract Documents,then the Owner shall have the right
to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence thereof to the Contractor. The Owner's
cost thereof shall be payable by the Contractor to the Owner on demand.
' .07 If the Contractor fails to pay the cost of the insurance placed by the Owner within 30 Days of the
date on which the Owner made a formal demand for reimbursement of such costs, the Owner may
deduct the costs thereof from monies which are due or may become due to the Contractor.
I
GC 6.04 Bonding
.01 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the surety bonds in the amount required by the tender
I
documents.
.02 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of
suretyship in the Province of Ontario and shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner. The bonds shall
I
be maintained in good standing until the fulfilment of the Contract.
I
IPage 35 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
1
GC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board
.01 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with a copy of a Certificate of Clearance
indicating the Contractor's good standing with the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, as
follows:
a) Immediately prior to the Contract Administrator authorizing the Contractor to commence Work. 1
b) Prior to issue of the Certificate of Substantial Performance.
c) Prior to expiration of the Warranty Period. 1
d) At any other time when requested by the Contract Administrator.
1
1
I
Page 36 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
r
SECTION GC 7.0-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK
1 GC 7.01 General
.01 The Contractor warrants that the site of the Work has been visited during the preparation of the
Tender and the character of the Work and all local conditions that may affect the performance of the
Work are known.
.02 The Contractor shall not commence the Work nor deliver anything to the Working Area until the
Contractor has received a written order to commence the Work, signed by the Contract
Administrator.
.03 The Contractor shall have complete control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the
Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible
for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating the
various parts of the Work.
' .04 The Contractor shall provide adequate labour, Equipment, and Material to ensure the completion of
the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Work shall be performed as
vigorously and as continuously as weather conditions or other interferences may permit.
.05 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance,
and removal of temporary structures and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of
construction methods required in their use.
1 .06 Notwithstanding paragraph GC 7.01.05, where the Contract Documents include designs for
temporary structures and other temporary facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or
part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work, and the
' Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of
construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or
specified method of construction in the same manner that the Contractor is responsible for the
execution of the Work.
.07 The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of
the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended, (the "Act") and Ontario
Regulation 213/91, as amended, (that regulates Construction Projects) and any other regulations as
amended under the Act (the "Regulations") that may affect the performance of the Work, as the
"Constructor"or"employer," as defined by the Act,as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure
that:
a) worker safety is given first priority in planning, pricing, and performing the Work;
b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a
' "Constructor" and "employer" as defined by the Act and the provisions of the Regulations
applicable to the Work, and a personal commitment to comply with them;
c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the
' Contractor's office within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the possession of
the supervisor responsible for the performance of the Work;
d) workers employed to carry out the Work possess the knowledge, skills, and protective devices
required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association to allow them to
work in safety;
e) its supervisory employees carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner with due
' consideration for the health and safety of the workers; and
Page 37 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
i
1
f) all Subcontractors and their workers are properly protected from injurywhile they are at the
Work Area.
.08 The Contractor, when requested, shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy 111
and program at the pre-start meeting and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for
confirmation that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and
Regulations. The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and the inspectors
appointed to enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in
the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from
any additional expense that the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the
Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations.
.09 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator a list
of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System or
WHMIS,which the Contractor expects to use on the Contract. Related Materials Safety Data Sheets
shall accompany the submission. All containers used in the application of products controlled under
WHMIS shall be labelled. The Contractor shall notify the Contractor Administrator in writing of
changes in the products to be used and provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets. '
.10 The Contractor shall have an authorized representative on the site while any Work is being
performed,to supervise the Work and act for or on the Contractor's behalf. Prior to commencement
of construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the names; addresses;
positions; and cell phone, pager, and telephone numbers of the Contractor's representatives who
can be contacted at any time to deal with matters relating to the Contract, and update as necessary.
.11 The Contractor shall designate a person to be responsible for traffic control and work zone safety.
The designated person shall be a competent worker who is qualified because of knowledge,training,
and experience to perform the duties; is familiar with Book 7 of the Ontario Traffic Manual; and has
knowledge of all potential or actual danger to workers and motorists. Prior to the commencement of
construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the name; address; position;
cell phone, pager, and telephone numbers of the designated person, and update as necessary. The
designated person may have other responsibilities, including other construction sites, and need not
be present in the Working Area at all times.
1
.12 The Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, furnish all reasonable aid, facilities, and
assistance required by the Contract Administrator for the proper inspection and examination of the
Work or the taking of measurements for the purpose of payment.
.13 The Contractor shall prepare and update, as required, a construction schedule of operations,
indicating the proposed methods of construction and sequence of work and the time the Contractor
proposes to complete the various items of work within the time specified in the Contract Documents.
The schedule shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator within 14 Days from the Contract
award. If the Contractor's schedule is materially affected by changes,the Contractor shall submit an
updated construction schedule, if requested by the Contract Administrator, within 7 Days of the
request. This updated schedule shall show how the Contractor proposes to perform the balance of
the Work, so as to complete the Work within the time specified in the Contract Documents.
.14 Where the Contractor finds any error, inconsistency, or omission relating to the Contract, the
Contractor shall promptly report it to the Contract Administrator and shall not proceed with the
activity affected until receiving direction from the Contract Administrator.
.15 The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contract Administrator in writing if the subsurface conditions
observed in the Working Area differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents.
1
Page 38 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
I .16 The Contractor shall arrange with the appropriate Utility authorities for the stake out of all
underground Utilities and service connections that may be affected by the Work. The Contractor
I shall observe the location of the stake outs prior to commencing the Work and in the event that there
is a discrepancy between the location of the stake outs and the locations shown on the Contract
Documents, that may affect the Work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contract
Administrator and the affected Utility companies, in order to resolve the discrepancy. The Contractor
I shall be responsible for any damage done to the underground Utilities and service connections by
the Contractor's forces during construction if the stake out locations are within the tolerances given
in paragraph GC 2.01.01 a).
IGC 7.02 Layout
.01 Prior to commencement of construction, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall locate
on site those property bars, baselines, and benchmarks that are necessary to delineate the Working
Area and to lay out the Work, all as shown on the Contract Drawings.
.02 The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all property bars while the Work is in
I progress, except those property bars that must be removed to facilitate the Work. Any other
property bars disturbed, damaged, or removed by the Contractor's operations shall be replaced
under the supervision of an Ontario Land Surveyor, at the Contractor's expense.
I .03 At no extra cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with such
materials and devices as may be necessary to lay out the baseline and benchmarks, and as may be
necessary for the inspection of the Work.
I .04 The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out and establish all lines and grades
necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout work
carried out,so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator.
I .05 The Contractor shall install and maintain substantial alignment markers and secondary benchmarks
as may be required for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall supply one copy of all
alignment and grade sheets to the Contract Administrator.
I .06 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevations, and dimensions of each
and all parts of the Work, regardless of whether the Contractor's layout work has been checked by
the Contract Administrator.
I .07 All stakes, marks,and reference points shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor. In the case of
their destruction or removal, such stakes, marks, and reference points shall be replaced at the
Contractor's expense.
I
.08 Benchmarks and survey monuments identified in the Contract Documents shall be protected by the
Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal, such benchmarks and survey monuments
I shall be replaced by the Owner at the Contractor's expense.
.03 Working Area
I .01 The Contractor's sheds, site offices, toilets, other temporary structures, and storage areas for
Material and Equipment shall be grouped in a compact manner and maintained in a neat and orderly
condition at all times.
I .02 The Contractor shall confine the construction operations to the Working Area. Should the Contractor
require more space than that shown on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall obtain such
space at no additional cost to the Owner.
I
IPage 39 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
.03 The Contractor shall not enter upon or occupy any private property for any purpose, unless the I
Contractor has received prior written permission from the property owner.
GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment I
.01 If at any time, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, damage is being done or is likely to be
done to any Roadway or any improvement thereon, outside the Working Area, by the Contractor's
I
vehicles or other Equipment,whether licensed or unlicensed Equipment, the Contractor shall, on the
direction of the Contract Administrator, and at no extra cost to the Owner, make changes or
substitutions for such vehicles or Equipment, and shall alter loadings, or in some other manner,
I
remove the cause of such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator.
GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles
.01 Where a vehicle is hauling Material for use on the Work, in whole or in part; upon a Highway; and
I
where motor vehicle registration is required for such vehicle,the Contractor shall not cause or permit
such vehicle to be loaded beyond the legal limit specified in the Highway Traffic Act, R.S.O. 1990,
c.H.8, as amended, whether such vehicle is registered in the name of the Contractor or otherwise, I except where there are designated areas within the Working Area where overloading is permitted.
The Contractor shall bear the onus of weighing disputed loads.
GC 7.06 Condition of the Working Area
I
.01 The Contractor shall maintain the Working Area in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of
debris and prevent dust nuisance, mud, and ponding water, other than that caused by the Owner or
others.
I
GC 7.07 Maintaining Roads and Detours
.01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, if an existing Roadway is affected by
I
construction, it shall be kept open to both vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
.02 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall, at no additional cost to
I
the Owner, be responsible for providing and maintaining for the duration of the Work an alternative
route for both pedestrian and vehicular traffic through the Working Area in accordance with the OTM,
whether along the existing Highway under construction or on a detour road beside or adjacent to the
Highway under construction.
.03 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor may block traffic for short
periods of time to facilitate construction of the Work in accordance with the OTM. Any temporary
lane closures shall be kept to a minimum.
I
.04 The Contractor shall not be required to maintain a road through the Working Area until such time as
the Contractor has commenced operations or during seasonal shut down or on any part of the
I
Contract that has been accepted in accordance with these General Conditions. The Contractor shall
not be required to apply de-icing chemicals or abrasives or carry out snowplowing.
.05 Where localized and separated sections of the Highway are affected by the Contractor's operations,
I
the Contractor shall not be required to maintain intervening sections of the Highway until such times
as these sections are located within the limits of the Highway affected by the Contractor's general
operations under the Contract.
.06 Where the Contract Documents provide for or the Contract Administrator requires detours at specific I
locations, payment for the construction of the detours and, if required, for the subsequent removal of
the detours,shall be made at the Contract prices appropriate to such work.
I
Page 40 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I
i
1
.07 Compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Materials to do this Work shall be at the Contract
prices appropriate to the Work and, where there are no such prices, at negotiated prices.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,the cost of blading required to maintain the surface of such roads and
detours shall be deemed to be included in the prices bid for the various tender items and no
additional payment shall be made.
' .08 Where work under the Contract is discontinued for any extended period, including seasonal
shutdown, the Contractor shall, when directed by the Contract Administrator, open and place the
Roadway and detours in a passable, safe, and satisfactory condition for public travel.
' .09 Where the Contractor constructs a detour that is not specifically provided for in the Contract
Documents or required by the Contract Administrator, the construction of the detour and, if required,
the subsequent removal shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. The detour shall be
constructed and maintained to structural and geometric standards approved by the Contract
Administrator. Removal and site restoration shall be performed as directed by the Contract
Administrator.
' .10 Where, with the prior written approval of the Contract Administrator, the Highway is closed and the
traffic diverted entirely off the Highway to any other Highway,the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to
the Owner, supply,erect, and maintain traffic control devices in accordance with the OTM.
.11 Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of obligations under
subsection GC 6.01, Protection of Work, Persons, and Property, dealing with the Contractor's
responsibility for damage claims, except for daims arising on sections of Highway within the Working
' Area that are being maintained by others.
GC 7.08 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility
Services
' .01 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner,
a) adequate pedestrian and vehicular access;and
b) continuity of Utility services
to properties adjoining the Working Area.
.02 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner access to fire hydrants,
water and gas valves,and all other Utilities located in the Working Area.
' .03 Where any interruptions in the supply of Utility services are required and are authorized by the
Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall give the affected property owners notice in accordance
with subsection GC 7.12, Notices by the Contractor, and shall arrange such interruptions so as to
create a minimum of interference to those affected.
GC 7.09 Approvals and Permits
.01 Except as specified in subsection GC 4.02, Approval and Permits, the Contractor shall obtain and
pay for any permits, licences, and certificates, which at the date of tender closing, are required for
the performance of the Work.
' .02 The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary inspections required by the approvals and permits
specified in paragraph GC 7.09.01.
Page 41 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
GC 7.10 Suspension of Work
.01 The Contractor shall, upon written notice from the Contract Administrator, discontinue or delay any
or all of the Work and work shall not be resumed until the Contract Administrator so directs in writing.
Delays, in these circumstances,shall be administered according to subsection GC 3.07, Delays.
GC 7.11 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract '
.01 If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors
because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency, the Contractor may,
without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or
receiver or trustee in bankruptcy written notice, terminate the Contract.
.02 If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 Days or more under an order of a
court or other public authority and provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or
fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor
may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner
written notice,terminate the Contract. I
.03 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Contract Administrator, that the
Owner is in default of contractual obligations if,
a) the Contract Administrator fails to issue certificates in accordance with the provisions of Section 1
GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment;
b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor, within 30 Days of the due dates identified in clause
GC 8.02.03, Certification and Payment, the amounts certified by the Contract Administrator or
within 30 Days of an award by an arbitrator or court;or
c) the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract. '
.04 The Contractor's written notice to the Owner shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the 7
Days immediately following receipt of the written notice,the Contractor may,without prejudice to any
other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract.
.05 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out in subsection GC 7.11, the
Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed according to the Contract Documents
and for any losses or damage as the Contractor may sustain as a result of the termination of the
Contract.
GC 7.12 Notices by the Contractor I
.01 Before work is carried out that may affect the property or operations of any Ministry or agency of
government or any person; company; partnership; or corporation, including a municipal corporation
or any board or commission thereof, and in addition to such notices of the commencement of
specified operations as are prescribed elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall
give at least 48 hours advance written notice of the date of commencement of such work to the
person, company, partnership,corporation, board,or commission so affected.
.02 In the case of damage to or interference with any Utilities, pole lines, pipe lines, conduits, farm tiles,
or other public or privately owned works or property, the Contractor shall immediately notify the
Owner, Contract Administrator, and the owner of the works of the location and details of such
damage or interference.
Page 42 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
' GC 7.13 Obstructions
.01 Except as otherwise noted in these General Conditions, the Contractor assumes all the risks and
responsibilities arising out of any obstruction encountered in the performance of the Work and any
traffic conditions, including traffic conditions on any Highway or road giving access to the Working
Area caused by such obstructions, and the Contractor shall not make any claim against the Owner
' for any loss,damage, or expense occasioned thereby.
.02 Where the obstruction is an underground Utility or other man-made object, the Contractor shall not
' be required to assume the risks and responsibilities arising out of such obstruction, unless the
location of the obstruction is shown on the Plans or described in the Contract Documents and the
location so shown is within the tolerance specified in paragraph GC 2.01.01 a), or unless the
presence and location of the obstruction has otherwise been made known to the Contractor or could
' have been determined by the visual site investigation made by the Contractor in accordance with
these General Conditions.
.03 During the course of the Contract, it is the Contractor's responsibility to consult with Utility
companies or other appropriate authorities for further information in regard to the exact location of
these Utilities, to exercise the necessary care in construction operations, and to take such other
precautions as are necessary to safeguard the Utilities from damage.
GC 7.14 Limitations of Operations
.01 Except for such work as may be required by the Contract Administrator to maintain the Work in a
safe and satisfactory condition, the Contractor shall not carry out operations under the Contract on
Saturdays, Sundays, and Statutory Holidays without permission in writing from the Contract
Administrator.
.02 The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate the Work with other Contractors, Utility companies,
and the Owner and they shall be allowed access to their work or plant at all reasonable times.
GC 7.15 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance
.01 Upon attaining Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials,
tools, construction machinery and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining
Work. The Contractor shall also remove all temporary works and debris other than that caused by
the Owner or others and leave the Work and Working Area clean and suitable for occupancy by the
Owner, unless otherwise specified.
.02 The Work shall not be deemed to have reached Completion until the Contractor has removed
surplus materials, tools, construction machinery, and equipment. The Contractor shall also have
removed debris,other than that caused by the Owner, or others.
' GC 7.16 Warranty
.01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or components of the
Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work only to the extent
' that the design and standards permit such performance.
.02 Subject to the previous paragraph the Contractor shall correct promptly, at no additional cost to the
Owner,defects or deficiencies in the Work that appear,
a) prior to and during the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance of the
Work,as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work,
1
Page 43 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
b) where the work is completed after the date of Substantial Performance, 12 months after
Completion of the Work,
c) where there is no Certificate of Substantial Performance, 12 months from the date of Completion 1
of the Work as set out in the Completion Certificate,or
d) such longer periods as may be specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or
some of the Work.
The Contract Administrator shall promptly give the Contractor written notice of observed defects or
deficiencies.
.03 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the
requirements of paragraph GC 7.16.02.
GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers
.01 The Contractor shall only employ orderly, competent, and skillful workers to do the Work and
whenever the Contract Administrator shall inform the Contractor in writing that any worker or workers
involved in the Work are, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, incompetent, or disorderly
such worker or workers shall be removed from the work and shall not be employed on the work
again without the consent in writing of the Contract Administrator. I
GC 7.18 Drainage
.01 During construction and until the Work is completed,the Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts
to keep all portions of the Work properly and efficiently drained, to at least the same degree as that
of the existing drainage conditions.
I
1
I
I
I
1
Page 44 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 111
I
I
SECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
GC 8.01 Measurement
GC 8.01.01 Quantities
.01 The Contract Administrator shall make an Estimate once a month, in writing, of the quantity of Work
performed. The first Estimate shall be the quantity of Work performed since the Contractor
commenced the Contract, and every subsequent Estimate, except the final one, shall be of the
' quantity of Work performed since the preceding Estimate was made. The Contract Administrator
shall provide the copy of each Estimate to the Contractor within 10 Days of the Cut-Off Date.
.02 Such quantities for progress payments shall be construed and held to approximate. The final
quantities for the issuance of the Completion Payment Certificate shall be based on the
measurement of Work completed.
.03 Measurement of the quantities of the Work performed may be either by Actual Measurement or by
Plan Quantity principles as indicated in the Contract. Adjustments to Plan Quantity measurements
shall normally be made using Plan Quantity principles but may, where appropriate, be made using
Actual Measurements. Those items identified on the Tender by the notation (P) in the unit column
shall be paid according to the Plan Quantity. Items where the notation (P) does not occur shall be
paid according to Actual Measurement or lump sum.
GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities
.01 Where it appears that the quantity of Work to be done or Material to be supplied or both by the
Contractor under a unit price tender item may exceed or be less than the tender quantity, the
Contractor shall proceed to do the Work or supply the Material or both required to complete the
tender item and payment shall be made for the actual amount of Work done or Material supplied or
both at the unit prices stated in the Tender except as provided below:
a) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by
the Contractor exceeds the tender quantity by more than 15%, either party to the Contract may
make a written request to the other party to negotiate a revised unit price for that portion of the
Work performed or Material supplied or both which exceeds 115% of the tender quantity. The
negotiation shall be carried out as soon as reasonably possible. Any revision of the unit price
shall be based on the actual cost of doing the Work or supplying the Material or both under the
tender item plus a reasonable allowance for profit and applicable overhead.
b) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by
the Contractor is less than 85% of the tender quantity, the Contractor may make a written
request to negotiate for the portion of the actual overheads and fixed costs applicable to the
amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity. For purposes of the
' negotiation, the overheads and fixed costs applicable to the item are deemed to have been
prorated uniformly over 100% of the tender quantity for the item. Overhead costs shall be
confirmed by a statement certified by the Contractor's senior financial officer or auditor and may
be audited by the Owner. Alternatively,where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10%of
the unit price on the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity shall be
paid.
Written requests for compensation must be received no later than 60 Days after the issuance of the
Completion Payment Certificate.
1
Page 45 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
GC 8.02 Pa I
yment
GC 8.02.01 Price for Work I
.01 Prices for the Work shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material required in its
performance. The term "all labour, Equipment, and Material"shall include Hand Tools, supplies,and
other incidentals. I
.02 Payment for work not specifically detailed as part of any one item and without specified details of
payment shall be deemed to be included in the items with which it is associated.
GC 8.02.02 Advance Payments for Material
.01 The Owner shall make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon
the written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions:
a) The Contractor shall deliver the Material to a site approved by the Contract Administrator and
the Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of the shipment of the Material, arrange for adequate
and proper storage facilities.
b) The value of aggregates, processed and stockpiled, shall be assessed by the following
procedure: I
i. Sources Other Than Commercial
(1) Granular A, B, BI, BII, BIII, M, and 0 shall be assessed at the rate of 60% of the
Contract price.
(2) Coarse and fine aggregates for hot mix asphaltic concrete, surface treatment and
Portland cement concrete shall be assessed at the rate of 25% of the Contract price for
each aggregate stockpiled.
ii. Commercial Sources
Payment for separated coarse and fine aggregates shall be considered at the above rate
when such materials are stockpiled at a commercial source where further processing is to
be carried out before incorporating such materials into a final product. Advance payments
for other materials located at a commercial source shall not be made.
c) Payment for all other materials, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract
Documents, shall be based on the invoice price, and the Contractor shall submit proof of cost to
the Contract Administrator before payment can be made by the Owner.
d) The payment for all Materials shall be prorated against the appropriate tender item by paying for
sufficient units of the item to cover the value of the material. Such payment shall not exceed
80%of the Contract price for the item.
e) All Materials for which the Contractor wishes to receive advance payment shall be placed in the
designated storage location immediately upon receipt of the material and shall thenceforth be
held by the Contractor in trust for the Owner as collateral security for any monies advanced by
the Owner and for the due completion of the Work. The Contractor shall not exercise any act of
ownership inconsistent with such security, or remove any Material from the storage locations,
except for inclusion in the Work,without the consent, in writing,of the Contract Administrator.
f) Such materials shall remain at the risk of the Contractor who shall be responsible for any loss,
damage,theft, improper use,or destruction of the material however caused. I
.02 Where the Owner makes advance payments subject to the conditions listed in paragraph GC
8.02.02.01, such payment shall not constitute acceptance of the Material by the Owner. Acceptance
shall only be determined when the material meets the requirements of the appropriate specification. I
Page 46 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
GC 8.02.03 Certification and Payment
GC 8.02.03.01 Progress Payment Certificate
.01 The value of the Work performed and Material supplied shall be calculated once a month by the
Contract Administrator in accordance with the Contract Documents and clause GC 8.01.01,
Quantities.
.02 The progress Payment Certificate shall show,
a) the quantities of Work performed;
b) the value of Work performed;
c) any advanced payment for Material;
d) the amount of statutory holdback, liens, Owner's set-off;
e) the amount of GST,as applicable; and
f) the amount due to the Contractor.
.03 One copy of the progress Payment Certificate shall be sent to the Contractor.
.04 Payment shall be made within 30 Days of the Cut-Off Date.
GC 8.02.03.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion
.01 Before the Work has reached the stage of Substantial Performance, the Contractor may notify the
Contract Administrator, in writing that a subcontract is completed satisfactorily and ask that the
Contract Administrator certify the completion of such subcontract.
.02 The Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of Subcontract Completion, if the subcontract
has been completed satisfactorily, and all required inspection and testing of the works covered by
the subcontract have been carried out and the results are satisfactory.
.03 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Certificate of Subcontract Completion the date on
which the subcontract was completed and, within 7 Days of the date the subcontract is certified
complete, the Contract Administrator shall give a copy of the certificate to the Contractor and to the
Subcontractor concerned.
GC 8.02.03.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment
.01 Following receipt of the Certificate of Subcontract Completion, the Owner shall release and pay the
Contractor the statutory holdback retained in respect of the subcontract. Such release shall be
made 46 Days after the date the subcontract was certified complete and providing the Contractor
submits the following to the Contract Administrator:
a) a document satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that shall release the Owner from all
further claims relating to the subcontract, qualified by stated exceptions such as holdback
monies;
b) evidence satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that the Subcontractor has discharged all
liabilities incurred in carrying out the subcontract;
1
Page 47 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
1
c) a satisfactory clearance certificate or letter from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board
relating to the subcontract;and
d) a copy of the contract between the Contractor and the Subcontractor and a satisfactory I
statement showing the total amount due the Subcontractor from the Contractor.
.02 Paragraph GC 8.02.03.03.01 d), shall only apply to Lump Sum Items and then only when the
Contract Administrator specifically requests it.
.03 Upon receipt of the statutory holdback, the Contractor shall forthwith give the Subcontractor the
payment due under the subcontract.
.04 Release of statutory holdback by the Owner in respect of a subcontract shall not relieve the
Contractor, or the Contractor's Surety,of any of their responsibilities.
GC 8.02.03.04 Certification of Substantial Performance
.01 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the
Contract has been substantially performed, the Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of
Substantial Performance.
.02 Upon verifying that the Contract has been substantially performed, the Contract Administrator shall
issue a certificate of Substantial Performance and shall set out in the Certificate of Substantial
Performance the date on which the Contract was substantially performed and, within 7 Days after
signing the said certificate,the Contract Administrator shall provide a copy to the Contractor.
.03 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall forthwith,
as required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of the Construction Lien Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.C.30, as
amended, publish a copy of the certificate in a construction trade newspaper. Such publication shall
include placement in the Daily Commercial News.
.04 Where the Contractor fails to publish a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as
required above within 7 Days after receiving a copy of the certificate Signed by the Contract
Administrator,the Owner may publish a copy of the certificate at the Contractor's expense.
.05 Except as otherwise provided for in Section 31 of the Construction Lien Act, the 45 Day lien period
prior to the release of holdback as referred to in clause GC 8.02.03.05, Substantial Performance
Payment and Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates, shall commence from the date of
publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as provided for above.
GC 8.02.03.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory
Holdback Release Payment Certificates
.01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contract
Administrator shall also issue the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate and the Substantial
Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined
payment certificate.
.02 The Substantial Performance Payment Certificate shall show, I
a) the value of Work performed to the date of Substantial Performance;
b) the value of outstanding or incomplete Work; I
c) the amount of the statutory holdback,allowing for any previous releases of statutory holdback to
the Contractor in respect of completed subcontracts and deliveries of pre-selected equipment; '
Page 48 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
d) the amount of maintenance security required; and
e) the amount due the Contractor.
.03 Payment of the amount certified shall be made within 30 Days of the date of issuance of the
payment certificate.
.04 The Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment
certificate releasing to the Contractor the statutory holdback due in respect of Work performed up to
the date of Substantial Performance. Payment of such statutory holdback shall be due 46 Days after
the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance but subject to the provisions of
the Construction Lien Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following documents:
a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the
Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions such as
outstanding work or matters arising out of subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation;
b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities
incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have
been discharged except for statutory holdbacks properly retained;
c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board;and
d) proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance.
GC 8.02.03.06 Certification of Completion
.01 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the
Contract has reached Completion,the Contract Administrator shall issue a Completion Certificate.
.02 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Completion Certificate the date on which the Work
was completed and, within 7 Days of signing the said certificate, the Contract Administrator shall
provide a copy to the Contractor.
GC 8.02.03.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment
Certificates
1 .01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Completion Certificate, the Contract Administrator shall
also issue the Completion Payment Certificate and the Completion Statutory Holdback Release
Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined payment certificate.
.02 The Completion Payment Certificate shall show,
a) measurement and value of Work at Completion;
b) the amount of the further statutory holdback based on the value of further work completed over
and above the value of work completed shown in the Substantial Performance Payment
Certificate referred to above; and
c) the amount due the Contractor.
.03 The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment certificate
releasing to the Contractor the further statutory holdback. Payment of such statutory holdback shall
be due 46 Days after the date of Completion of the Work as established by the Completion
Certificate but subject to the provisions of the Construction Lien Act and the submission by the
Contractor of the following documents:
111
Page 49 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the
Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions where
appropriate;
b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities
incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have
been discharged,qualified by stated exceptions where appropriate;and
c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board.
GC 8.02.03.08 Interest
.01 Interest due the Contractor is based on simple interest and is calculated using the applicable Rate of
Interest.
GC 8.02.03.09 Interest for Late Payment
.01 Provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all
documentation requirements, when payment by the Owner to the Contractor for Work performed, or
for release of statutory holdback, is delayed by the Owner, then the Contractor shall be entitled to
receive interest on the outstanding payment at the Rate of Interest, if payment is not received on the
dates set out below: 1
a) Progress Payment Certificates: 30 Days after the Cut-Off Date;
b) Certificate of Subcontract Completion: 30 Days after the date certified as the date on which the
subcontract was completed;
c) Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date on which
the subcontract was completed; 111
d) Substantial Performance Payment Certificate: 30 Days after the date of issuance of the
certificate;
e) Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after
publication of the Payment Certificate of Substantial Performance;
f) Completion Payment Certificate: 30 Days after the date certified as the date on which the I
Contract reached Completion; and
g) Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date certified as
the date that the Work was completed.
.02 If the Contractor has not complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation
requirements, prior to expiration of the time periods described in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01,
interest shall only begin to accrue when the Contractor has completed those requirements.
I
1
Page 50 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
IGC 8.02.03.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims
I .01 Except as hereinafter provided, where a notice of negotiation, notice of intent to claim and the
subsequent claims are submitted in accordance with the time limits or procedure or both described
by subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the
Rate of Interest on the amount of the negotiated price for that part of the Work or on the amount of
I the settled claim. Such interest shall not commence until 30 Days after the satisfactory completion
of that part of the Work.
.02 Where the Contractor does not attempt to resolve the negotiation or the claim in an expeditious
Imanner, interest shall be negotiable.
.03 Where the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within the time limit prescribed by subsection
1 GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, interest shall not be paid.
.04 Where a Contractor fails to comply with the 30 Day time limit and the procedures prescribed in
paragraph GC 3.13.03.03 for submission of claims, interest shall not be paid for the delay period.
111 GC 8.02.03.11 Owner's Set-Off
.01 Pursuant to Section 12 of the Construction Lien Act,the Owner may retain from monies owing to the
I Contractor under this Contract an amount sufficient to cover any outstanding or disputed liabilities,
including the cost to remedy deficiencies, the reduction in value of substandard portions of the Work,
claims for damages by third parties that have not been determined in writing by the Contractor's
insurer, undetermined claims by the Owner under paragraph GC 8.01.02.01 a), any assessment due
I the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, and any monies to be paid to the workers in accordance
with clause GC 8.02.06, Payment of Workers.
I .02 Under these circumstances the Owner will give the Contractor appropriate notice of such action.
GC 8.02.03.12 Delay in Payment
I .01 The Owner shall not be deemed to be in default of the Contract provided any delay in payment does
not exceed 30 Days from the due dates as defined in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01.
GC 8.02.04 Payment on a Time and Material Basis
IGC 8.02.04.01 Definitions
.01 For the purpose of clause GC 8.02.04 the following definitions apply:
ICost of Labour means the amount of wages, salary, travel, travel time, food, lodging, or similar items
and Payroll Burden paid or incurred directly by the Contractor to or in respect of labour and supervision
I actively and necessarily engaged on the Work based on the recorded time and hourly rates of pay for
such labour and supervision but shall not include any payment or costs incurred for general supervision,
administration, and management time spent on the entire Work or any wages, salary, or Payroll Burden
for which the Contractor is compensated by any payment made by the Owner for Equipment.
I Cost of Material means the cost of Material purchased or supplied from stock and valued at current
market prices for the purpose of carrying out Extra Work by the Contractor or by others, when such
arrangements have been made by the Contractor for completing the Work, as shown by itemized
1 invoices.
Operated Rented Equipment means Rented Equipment for which an operator is provided by the
supplier of the equipment and for which the rent or lease includes the cost of the operator.
I
IPage 51 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
Payroll Burden means the payments in respect of workplace insurance, vacation
Y p Yppay, employment
insurance, public liability and property damage insurance, sickness and accident insurance, pension fund,
and such other welfare and benefit payments forming part of the Contractor's normal labour costs.
Rented Equipment means equipment that is rented or leased for the special purpose of Work on a Time
and Material Basis from a person, firm, or corporation that is not an associate of the lessee as the word
"associate" is defined by the Securities Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.S.5, as amended, and is approved by the
Contract Administrator.
Road Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction maintenance of roads,
streets, Highways, and parking lots and includes all work incidentals thereto other than work on
structures.
Sewer and Watermain Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction
maintenance of sewer systems and watermain systems, and includes all work incidental thereto other
than work on structures.
Standby Time means any period of time that is not considered Working Time and which together with the
Working Time does not exceed 10 hours in any one Working Day and during which time a unit of
equipment cannot practically be used on other work but must remain on the site in order to continue with
its assigned task and during which time the unit is in fully operable condition.
Structure Work means the construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling, renovation, or
demolition of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and includes the preparation for and the laying
of the foundation of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and the installation of equipment and
appurtenances incidental thereto.
The 127 Rate means the rate for a unit of Equipment as listed in OPSS 127, Schedule of Rental Rates
for Construction Equipment, Including Model and Specification Reference, that is current at the time the
work is carried out or for Equipment that is not so listed, the rate that has been calculated by the Owner,
using the same principles as used in determining The 127 Rates.
Work on a Time and Material Basis means Changes in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work
approved by the Contract Administrator for payment on a Time and Material basis. The Work on a Time
and Material Basis shall be subject to all the terms, conditions, Standard Specifications and provisions of
the Contract.
Working Time means each period of time during which a unit of Equipment is actively and of necessity
engaged on a specific operation and the first 2 hours of each immediately following period during which
the unit is not so engaged but during which the operation is otherwise proceeding and during which time
the unit cannot practically be transferred to other work but must remain on the site in order to continue
with its assigned tasks and during which time the unit is in a fully operable condition.
GC 8.02.04.02 Daily Work Records
.01 Daily Work Records, prepared as the case may be by either the Contractor's representative or the
Contract Administrator reporting the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on each
Time and Material project, should be reconciled and signed each Day by both the Contractor's
representative and the Contract Administrator. If it is not possible to reconcile the Daily Work
Records, then the Contractor shall submit the un-reconciled Daily Work Records with its claim,
whereby the resolution of the dispute about the Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there
is a resolution of the claim. i
I
Page 52 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
GC 8.02.04.03 Payment for Work
.01 Payment as herein provided shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Material to do
the Work on a Time and Material Basis except where there is agreement to the contrary prior to the
commencement of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. The payment adjustments on a Time
and Material basis shall apply to each individual Change Order authorized by the Contract
' Administrator.
GC 8.02.04.04 Payment for Labour
.01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for labour employed on each Time and Material project at 135%
of the Cost of Labour up to $3,000, then at 120% of any portion of the Cost of Labour in excess of
$3,000.
.02 The Owner shall make payment in respect of Payroll Burden for Work on a Time and Material Basis
at the Contractor's actual cost of Payroll Burden.
1 .03 At the Owner's discretion, an audit may be conducted in which case the actual Payroll Burden so
determined shall be applied to all Time and Material work on the Contract.
GC 8.02.04.05 Payment for Material
' .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Material used on each Time and Material project at 120% of
the Cost of the Material up to $3,000, then at 115% of any portion of the Cost of Material in excess
I of$3,000.
GC 8.02.04.06 Payment for Equipment
GC 8.02.04.06.01 Working Time
.01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of all Equipment, other than Rented
Equipment and Operated Rented Equipment, used on the Work on a Time and Material basis at The
127 Rates with a cost adjustment as follows:
a) Cost$10,000 or less-no adjustment;
b) Cost greater than $10,000 but not exceeding $20,000 - payment $10,000 plus 90% of the
portion in excess of$10,000; and
c) Cost greater than$20,000-$19,000 plus 80% of the portion in excess of$20,000.
.02 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Rented Equipment used on the Work on
a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator up to
a maximum of 110% of The 127 Rate. This constraint shall be waived when the Contract
Administrator approves the invoice price prior to the use of the Rented Equipment.
.03 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Operated Rented Equipment used on
the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the Operated Rented Equipment invoice price
approved by the Contract Administrator prior to the use of the Equipment on the Work on a Time and
Material Basis.
GC 8.02.04.06.02 Standby Time
.01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Standby Time of Equipment at 35%of The 127 Rate or 35%
of the invoice price whichever is appropriate. The Owner shall pay reasonable costs for Rented
Equipment where this is necessarily retained in the Working Area for extended periods agreed to by
Page 53 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
the Contract Administrator. This shall include Rented Equipment intended for use on other work, but
has been idled due to the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
.02 In addition, the Owner shall include the Cost of Labour of operators or associated labourers who U
cannot be otherwise employed during the standby period or during the period of idleness caused by
the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
.03 The Contract Administrator may require Rented Equipment idled by the circumstances giving rise to
the Work on Time and Material Basis to be returned to the lessor until the work requiring the
equipment can be resumed. The Owner shall pay such costs as a result from such return.
.04 When Equipment is transported, solely for the purpose of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, to 111
or from the Working Area on a Time and Material basis, payment shall be made by the Owner only
in respect of the transporting units. When Equipment is moved under its own power it shall be
deemed to be working. The method of moving Equipment and the rates shall be subject to the
approval of the Contract Administrator.
GC 8.02.04.07 Payment for Hand Tools I
.01 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor for
or in respect of Hand Tools or equipment that are tools of the trade.
GC 8.02.04.08 Payment for Work By Subcontractors
.01 Where the Contractor arranges for Work on a Time and Material Basis, or a part of it, to be
performed by Subcontractors on a Time and Material basis and has received approval prior to the
commencement of such work, in accordance with the requirements of subsection GC 3.09,
Subcontracting by the Contractor, the Owner shall pay the cost of Work on a Time and Material
Basis by the Subcontractor calculated as if the Contractor had done the Work on a Time and
Material Basis, plus a markup calculated on the following basis:
a) 20% of the first$3,000; plus
b) 15%of the amount from$3,000 to$10,000; plus I
c) 5%of the amount in excess of$10,000.
.02 No further markup shall be applied regardless of the extent to which the work is assigned or sublet to
others. If work is assigned or sublet to an associate, as defined by the Securities Act, no markup
whatsoever shall be applied.
GC 8.02.04.09 Submission of Invoices
.01 At the start of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, the Contractor shall provide the applicable
labour and Equipment rates not already submitted to the Contract Administrator during the course of
such work.
.02 Separate summaries shall be completed by the Contractor according to the standard form"Summary
for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material Basis." Each summary shall include the Change
Directive or Change Order number and covering dates of the work and shall itemize separately the
labour, Materials, and Equipment. Invoices for Materials, Rented Equipment, and other charges
incurred by the Contractor on the Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be included with each
summary.
I
Page 54 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
.03 Each month the Contract Administrator shall include with the monthly p9ress ro payment certificate,
P Y
the costs of the Work on a Time and Material Basis incurred during the preceding month all in
accordance with the contract administrative procedures and the Contractor's invoice of the Work on
a Time and Material Basis.
.04 The final "Summary for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material Basis" shall be submitted by
the Contractor within 60 Days after the completion of the Work on a Time and Material Basis.
GC 8.02.04.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis
.01 Clause GC 8.02.04 does not preclude the option of the Contract Administrator and the Contractor
negotiating a Lump Sum Item or unit price payment for Change in the Work, Extra Work, and
Additional Work.
tGC 8.02.04.11 Payment Inclusions
.01 Except where there is agreement in writing to the contrary, the compensation, as herein provided,
shall be accepted by the Contractor as compensation in full for profit and all costs and expenses
arising out of the work, including all cost of general supervision, administration, and management
time spent on the work, and no other payment or allowance shall be made in respect of such work.
GC 8.02.05 Final Acceptance Certificate
.01 After the acceptance of the Work, the Contract Administrator shall issue the Final Acceptance
Certificate, or, where applicable, after the Warranty Period has expired. The Final Acceptance
Certificate shall not be issued until all known deficiencies have been adjusted or corrected, as the
case may be,and the Contractor has discharged all obligations under the Contract.
IGC 8.02.06 Payment of Workers
.01 The Contractor shall, in addition to any fringe benefits, pay the workers employed on the Work in
accordance with the labour conditions set out in the Contract and at intervals of not less than twice a
1 month.
.02 The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor doing any part of the Work to pay the workers
employed by the Subcontractor on the Work in accordance with paragraph GC 8.02.06.01.
.03 Where any person employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor or other person on the Work is
paid less than the amount required to be paid under the Contract, the Owner may set off monies in
accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.11, Owner's Set-Off.
GC 8.02.07 Records
.01 The Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate Records relating to the Work, Changes in the
Work, Extra Work,and claims arising therefrom. Such Records shall be of sufficient detail to support
the total cost of the Work, Changes in the Work, and Extra Work. The Contractor shall preserve all
such original Records until 12 months after the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued or until all
claims have been settled, whichever is longer. The Contractor shall require that Subcontractors
employed by the Contractor preserve all original Records pertaining to the Work, Changes in the
Work, Extra Work, and claims arising therefrom for a similar period of time.
.02 The Owner may inspect and audit the Contractor's Records relating to the Work, Extra Work, and
Changes in the Work at any time during the period of the Contract. The Contractor shall supply
certified copies of any part of its Records required,whenever requested by the Owner.
I
Page 55 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100
I
I
GC 8.02.08 Taxes
.01 Where a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes occurs after the date of tender closing for
this Contract, and this change could not have been anticipated at the time of bidding, the Owner
shall increase or decrease Contract payments to account for the exact amount of tax change
involved.
.02 Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Contract
Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor. Such claims for
additional tax costs shall be submitted not less than 30 Days after the date of Final Acceptance.
111.03 Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes, the
Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator, on forms provided by the Contract
Administrator, a statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than 30
Days after Final Acceptance.
.04 Changes in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes that impact upon commodities, which when left in
place form part of the finished Work, or the provision of services, where such services form part of
the Work and where the manufacture or supply of such commodities or the provision of such
services is carried out by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, are subject to a claim or benefit as
detailed above. Services in the latter context means the supply and operation of equipment, the
provision of labour,and the supply of commodities that do not form part of the Work. I
GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages
.01 When liquidated damages are specified in the Contract and the Contractor fails to complete the
Work in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such amounts as are specified in the
Contract Documents.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Page 56 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 111
AGREEMENT
I THIS AGREEMENT MADE IN TRIPLICATE THIS NO. 17071
I
DAY OF
BETWEEN: June ,2018.
6th A-1
Municipality of Kincardine (hereinafter called "the Owner")
I 1475 Concession 5,R.R.5 OF THE FIRST PART
Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6 - and-
IOmega Contractors Inc. (hereinafter called "the Contractor")
4104 Breck Avenue OF THE SECOND PART
ILondon, ON N6L 1B5
WITNES SETH
IThat the Owner and the Contractor, in consideration of the fulfilment of their respective promises and
obligations herein set forth covenant and agree with each other as follows:
IARTICLE 1
a) A description of the work is:
IMunicipality of Kincardine,Russell Street Sanitary Sewer Extension, Contract No. 17071
I b) The Contractor shall,except as otherwise specifically provided, at his own expense,provide
all and every kind of labour,machinery,plant, structures,roads, ways,materials, appliances,
articles and things necessary for the due execution and completion of all the work set out in
I this contract and shall forthwith according to the instructions of the Contract Administrator
commence the works and diligently execute the respective portions thereof and deliver the
works complete in every particular to the Owner within the time specified.
1
ARTICLE 2
IIn case of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plans, or
Specifications or General Conditions, or Tender, or any other documents or writing,the provisions of
Isuch documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order;namely,
I
I
�I
i
A-2
a) Agreement
b) Addenda
' c) Special Provisions
d) Contract Drawings
e) Information to Bidders
f) Standard Specifications
g) Standard Drawings
h) Form of Tender
' i) Supplemental General Conditions
j) General Conditions
k) Working Drawings
' ARTICLE 3
The Contractor shall not without the consent in writing of the Owner(or the Engineer)and
without restricting in any way the provisions of the General Conditions attached hereto make any
assignment of any part or the whole of any monies due or to become due under the provisions of
this contract.
ARTICLE 4
•
The Owner covenants with the Contractor that the Contractor having in all respects complied
with the provisions of this contract,will be paid for and in respect of the works at the tendered
' lump sum or unit prices after measurement approved by the Contract Administrator,the total
which is presently estimated to be the sum of
One Million Eighty-Four Thousand One Hundred Dollars and Nineteen Cents
($1,084,100.19)
subject to such additions and deductions as may properly be made under the terms hereof,
' subject to the provision that the Owner may make payments on account monthly or otherwise as
may be provided in the attached hereto.
ARTICLE 5
Where any notice,direction or other communication is required to be or may be given or made
by one of the parties hereto to the other or to the Contract Administrator, it shall be deemed
sufficiently given or made if mailed or delivered in writing to such party or to the Contract
Administrator at the following address:
' B.M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED
Engineers and Planners
1 62 North Street
Goderich, ON N7A 2T4
Where any such notice, direction or other communication is given or made to the Contract
Administrator,a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to any agent of the Contract
Administrator appointed in accordance with the General Conditions of this Contract and where
any such notice, direction or other communications is given or made to such Agent, a copy
thereof shall likewise be delivered to the Contract Administrator.
I
1
1
A-3
ARTICLE 6
A copy of each of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Provisions,
iAddenda, Tender, Information to Bidders, and Supplemental Specifications is hereto annexed
and together with the Plans relating thereto and listed in the Specifications are made part of this
Contract as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein.
ARTICLE 7
No implied contract of any kind whatsoever by or on behalf of the Owner shall arise or be
implied from anything in this contract contained, nor from any position or situation of the parties
at any time,it being clearly understood that the express covenants and agreements herein
contained made by the Owner shall be the only covenants and agreements upon which any rights
against the Owner may be founded.
ARTICLE 8
Time shall be deemed the essence of this Contract.
ARTICLE 9
The Contractor declares that in tendering for the works and in entering into this Contract,he has
' either investigated for himself the character of the work and all local conditions that might affect
his tender or his acceptance of the work, or that not having so investigated, he is willing to
assume and does hereby assume all risk of conditions arising or developing in the course of the
1 work which might or could make the work or any items thereof, more expensive in character, or
more onerous to fulfill than was contemplated or known when the tender was made or the
Contract signed. The Contractor also declares that he did not and does not rely upon information
furnished by any methods whatsoever by the Owner or its officers or employees, being aware
that any information from such sources was and is approximate and speculative only, and was
not in any manner warranted or guaranteed by the Owner.
' ARTICLE 10
The Contractor declares that in entering into this Contract, he shall uphold the obligations of the
Ontario Human Rights Code,the Occupational Health and Safety Act, the Employment
Standards Act,the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, the Criminal Code of
1 Canada and the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. In addition, he shall uphold any obligations
established by the Owner's policies which prohibit harassment/discrimination on a number of
grounds including political affiliation and the level of literacy.
WHERE LEGALLY MANDATED, the Contractor shall have in place the necessary policies,
programs; information, instruction, plans and/or other supports that are consistent with his
1 obligations and he shall have an internal process available for employees and service recipients
to prevent, address and remedy discrimination,racism,harassment,hate and inaccessibility
complaints. The Contractor agrees that he shall,upon request by the Owner,provide evidence of
the policies,programs, information, instruction,plans and other supports and an appropriate
internal complaint resolution process required under this Declaration which is sufficient to allow
the Owner to determine compliance. The Contractor acknowledges that failure to demonstrate
1 compliance with this declaration,to the satisfaction of the Owner, may result in the termination
of the contract.
I
r
i
A-4
ARTICLE 11
This contract shall apply to and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors,
1111
administrators, executors and assigns and each of them.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and
year first above written or caused their corporate seals to be affixed, attested by the signature of
their proper officer, as the case may be.
FOR THE OWNER:
( � •r�G
Signature Name Title D to
I/We have the a ority to bind the corporation.
.41119
11101. Aak SAAR ON (�HAM(3FP--S G1� <«
Signature Name Title ate
I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.
FOR THE CONTRACTOR:
* t
•
/
1 Signature Name Title Date
I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.
itt2144r7naoz%:421;10
4ine.. kat .
Signature Name Title Date
I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.
I
Y:\Project_Mgmt_ResourcesTorms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\A1-4-15Aug8.docx
1
an am r an am ma - - — - Ow am m - - an um s —
111
Page 1
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
1 NOTICE TO ALL CONTRACTORS
CORPORATE STATEMENT
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
' The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine is committed to ensuring that a high standard
of health and safety is provided and maintained for all employees' visitors, guests, contractors,
agents and others on our premises.
Accordingly, a corporate health and safety policy and procedure manual has been adopted and
implemented and shall be adhered to.
I
ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL:
I1. Demonstrate establishment and maintenance of health and safety program with objectives
and standards consistent with applicable legislation and with the Municipality of
_ I Kincardine's health and safety policies and requirements.
2. Submit a copy of past accident records and Worker's Compensation Board Number.
3. Include health and safety provisions in their management systems to reach and maintain
consistently a high level of health and safety.
4. Ensure that workers in their employ are aware of hazardous substances that maybe in use
p Y
at their place of work and wear appropriate personal protective equipment as may be
required.
5. Upon request at any time from award to completion of contract, submit proof of
fulfilment of above responsibilities.
6. Must comply with Workplace Safety Insurance Board(WSIB)premiums.
7. The Contractor shall sign-off on the corporate occupational health& safety form stating
his agreement to comply.
1 Your co-operation and assistance in this matter is appreciated and vital to the Health and Safety
of all.
I
Z:\wp\Contracts\Forms\KINCARDINE Health and Safety Form.doc
1
1
1
N
1
Page 2
MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY COMPLIANCE FORM
I have read the"Municipality of Kincardine,Notice to All Contractors, Corporate Statement of
Occupational Health and Safety" and agree to comply with it.
I
014\Q Cri•mvA zt 005 toiL izOfiler
Contractor's Name Date
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Z:\wp\Contracts\Forms\KINCARDINE Health and Safety Form.doc
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CONTRACT RELEASE
(IN THE MATTER of a contract, known as Contract No.
(entered into between
( the Owner
( AND
(dated the Contractor
, 20
(for the construction of
(
(in , Ontario.
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that UWe
1 (name of Contractor, in full)
for and in consideration of other good and valuable consideration paid by the Owner, have
remised,released and forever discharged, and by these presents do for myself/ourselves, my/our
heirs, executors, administrators and assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be,
remise,release and forever discharge the Owner, its successors and assigns, of and from all
1 manner of action and actions, cause and causes of action, suits, debts, dues, sums of money,
claims and demands whatsoever at law or in equity which I/We ever had or now have, or which
I/We or my/our heirs, executors, administrators or assigns or successors and assigns, as the case
may be, hereafter can, shall or may have by reason of the above-mentioned Contract, save and
except any claim which I/We have arising out of;
1) the retention by the Owner of the maintenance holdback of the Contract price;
2) any sum retained by the Owner against the cost of uncompleted work;
1
3)
(if none, state "none")
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED )
' 1 )
Witness or Company Seal
Date
111 Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Contract Release 15Jul15.docx
I
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
STATUTORY DECLARATION RE: LIENS,LIABILITIES& PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
IDOMINION OF CANADA IN THE MATTER of(a contract, known as
PROVINCE OF ONTARIO
I entered into between( the Owner
AND( the Contractor
dated( ,20
Ifor the construction of(
in( , Ontario.
TO WIT:
II, of in the
Province of ,do solemnly declare:
I 1. That I am of the
(President, Secretary,Treasurer,a Partner,etc.)
I
Contractor named in the Contract above-mentioned and as such have personal knowledge of the
facts hereunder declared.
2. That the said Contractor has complied with the terms of the Construction Lien Act,R.S.O. 1990,
c.C.30 and amendments thereto,and with the requirements of statutes and regulations of the
I Province of Ontario relating to the payment of fair wages.
3. That with the exception of accounts listed below, and amounts held back and amounts deferred by
written agreement,all liabilities incurred by the said Contractor arising out of work performed have
I been discharged.
4. That the following is a complete list of disputed accounts:
IName&Address of Creditor Service Rendered Total Claims($) Amount in Dispute Amount Paid($)
I
II (If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above)
5. That all persons who have placed or furnished any material or things to be used in connection with
I the above Contract have been fully paid or their claims have been settled in respect of such work,
service,materials or things and there are no liens,garnishees, attachments or claims relating
thereto.
I 6. That all subcontractors who were engaged in or in any manner associated with the performance of
any part of the above contract have discharged all liabilities which they incurred in respect thereof.
7. That all claims for damage to property or injury to persons of which the above-named Contractor
Ihas received notice have been fully paid or settled,except for the following:
Claimant Description of Amount of Amount Paid($)
IClaim Claim($)
I
(If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above)
I
Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Statutory Declaration 16May19.docx Page 1 of 2
I
8. That the above-named Contractor has not had any notice of any grounds for a claim(other than 1
those covered by paragraph 7 above)connected with this contract by a third party and for which a
claim might be made and I believe that no such claim will be made.
AND I MAKE THIS SOLEMN DECLARATION conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing
that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of"The Canada Evidence Act".
DECLARED before me at the of)
1
in the County of )
this day of )
A.D. 20 )
))
A Commissioner,etc. or Notary Public
1
1
I
i
Y:\ProjectMgmt_Resources\Forms Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Statutory Declaration 16May19.docx Page 2 of 2
T
V. .'.7 -'-'77 ,
— SAW CUT
BACK OF CURB OR JOINT, TYP
I CURB
1\FACE
' 1 OF CURB DO , ,
D
' gigGUTTER
EP
I
I
A A
50mm PVC DRAT 50mm PVC DRAIN
I
TEMPORARY RAMPIN PLAN
ITOP OF CURB
SAW CUT FRAME TO BE SET IN A
OR JOINT, TYP TEMPORARY RAMPING FULL MORTAR BED
I
lHL-3 SURFACE
� , COURSE (FUTURE)
�� HL-4 BINDER
. . .' : , . . ••• " ;.:..;.:•?..4"! E ?.
,;:
STEEL PIPE ENCASEMENT LENGTH
0.3m SPACING AS PER NOTES 0.6m (MAX)
b I
I Id bI a
J
0
4
CARRIER PIPE /\\'\\/ \\j\/ /
CASING PIPE //\ \//\//\, /\// /�•///
PIPE SPACER (TYP) \/\/ \/\,
NOTES: II //,
1. PIPE SPACERS MANUFACTURED BY RACI \/j CARRIER PIPE
NORTH AMERICAPAEROAPPROVEDE EQLI�
2. CASING SPACERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE TO THE MANUFACTURERS
/\\\///:4111t7 "---- 4141\
SPECIFICATIONS \\j ` �
3 NUMBER OF SPACERS SHALL BE IN \\� \ / %\�,
ACCORDANCE TO THE MANUFACTURERS \/ \
SPECIFICATIONS /�\ \j
4. FOR WATERMAIN INSTALLATIONS, MECHANICAL
p
RESTRAINTS C/W THREADED TIE RODS TO BE :i: IllN(
INSTALL ;.: li /\,,,,.,
5. CARRIERED PIPE TO BEAT ALLOINTS CENTRED IN CASING ! j\/
PIPE \/ / ��"
6. ENDS OF CASING PIPE TO BE SEALED WITH A \j
MANUFACTURED RUBBER SEAL, INSTALLED /.
\ :•.
AS PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS y\\ �� —STEEL
-,, •:: CASING PIPE
ENCASEMENT DATA \ \\'`'::• ,��\.
CARRIER PIPE CASING PIPE MIN. CASING '/�/ /\\/
(mm) (mm) THICKNESS (mm) �'\���.N), / \�/�/`/
300 750 9.5 /\//\ / //
375 900 9.5 /\ 4\/ ���\/���//\\A
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-May 2018
e\-
B MROSS Steel Pipe Encasement SCALE:N.T.S.
- engineering better communities Typical Spacer Configuration
and Placement DRAWING No. 803M
NM NM mini NEI MB iliii MN =I - Mil nil Mil MINI NMI Mil Ell MIN MI
Area underro
construction F/o t" "",nom
Endes vs E ;'Z,,,,,,,
run r 0.5
•Barrier ��*1,,,, ;' ,,, „`,,
main run �� ww v� ,
Ake, End run ��� _ ow,- �I '= ,,,,,,,
I `10tar i! , ` ,,, Area under protection ij ivat '" -
,,,,,,,.,,,,, / ot,,.
p„p rS
I ",� PERSPECTIVE VIEW ��
,a
I
0•70Direction of flow �F
`o
r > ro.
I 1m max, Typ I÷ 6p°
A
Main run 40m max
PLAN
;.. Direction of flow
v
IE
v Ends of rolls Fibre roll
-o
I �,
I
1000 Max 100 d varies
N Wooden
I
stake
FIBRE ROLL PLAN VIEW _ — Down slope
\,1t s 3'jIllilll
' Backfill `- – i
and
compact N
II NOTES: E
E
o��
1 Remove all surface obstructions greater than 50mm o
I from ground surface.
2 Ends of rolls shall be butted tightly together.
A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. SECTION A—A
I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev I 0
coN
LIGHT-DUTY ;*
I
°qC-
FIBRE ROLL BARRIER OPSD 219. 120 _
I
- 800 R7Omm min
150mm max
Typ
�„,1,:,,.30,-, is is IFq'2.,
�''v,,,. itl'RIISI l l
,\, l
,. ® ® liil il )iii ISI
. ® ® ® ® ® ® ISI ISI lilEl m!I Iii I.71
® ® ® ® ® ® I!I ISI ilk( I ailiiimIiIwGilElifllllilmlil lip
_ _ Lift hole H H H H I I I
�� Ail ® ® ® ® ® ® I!I I!I I!, Irl I�ImI�l�lilolilmilijwi riiimpilmlil Iil
ICt ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® jkc t 1.1 1.1 I.l III 1.1 liil it I.I IL 1.1 MI
A = - --f-- - A h: - - DANGER -®- D =I 1 D A N . GER =I=IEI D
i '' El fa 1E1 El El t la 01 EA El El
�� 0 '!I Iii Iii ® ® ® ® ® I! l�l
® ' 1.1 1.1.l. ..1.1.INl�lilol!I�lil�l!I Ii1
<9e / pop m o s n m u s
*-4.„
, 1 j I!I gl ® ® ® ® ® ® lil liorioramji iiim l ililil oil
® ® ® ® ® ®
♦, �� ISI ISI 11111111i1111111 ISI ISI
�� lil ® 'HI ® ISI oil rid Gil Ir.' ISI
20mm, Typ
Hoisting hook rib, FRAME PLAN —�<9 TYPE A TYPE B
Typ, OPSD 400.001 CLOSED COVER OPEN COVER
0676 - 062-4y y �- 0624
0624 2 T [ I I E I I 1 rr
—114�— 24 + + --114 24 � r � �29 29 221 29 29 22
0578 1 ,),,/. I / 1 / /F / I1 rn= [1.)T e. / /s r !� % ! t j I
"�` • III , II/. . � ;� /�/, '
6 r--19 �-I I---15 27--I — I } F --I I--15 27--1 i—
v 1 491 �. f 0613 - co 0613
11 78_- 19 + SECTION C-C SECTION D-D
50 ii 0575 __I_§. I
NOTES:
16.5 0667 I
A Covers shall be Type A or Type B, as specified.
SECTION A-A B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2013 I Revi 3
row..
al`,I
CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME WITH
R46 CIRCULAR CLOSED OR OPEN COVER , _.;,�
SECTION B-B FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES OPSD 401 .010
ins III. — — — am my am um um M i NM ! MO IMO i On
MI r MI ON OM IN NE UM MI - NM - - MI - NE i i S
0
v p
D b 42.4
,.. .7.
D —— 1.20mm� 41.2 11
ri
One rung at D See Detail A 041),,1
� — B ` SeeTYPE•4 grate level Note 1 Detail B
AI
Note 1
Typ p Self—lock hinge / -f;� Ro.smm
uuHAN,R v:orm:PT: rn TYPn G Mi 1� h.■ rN -,r vcw a1
tik
Rungs "� V V V V V V �� / .N•s.J III Ka_ I — Omm.T
yp
A Typ SIDE VIEW
• A - - I I - - A
Support, Typ I I I GRATING RUNG
0 i I I I I DETAIL
1X4. Ao ' ' I Jct....I / 13mm dia x 95mm long
='�� l'"'"'`' °' I,1,...1..1.
' ""`"'`"' wed e anchor, stainless steel
\ .. . 9
V
® S�= � L w / Typ
a wii� — --jll-~9
Hinge '—d e -�f f
bracket L rte,-err
GRATING OPEN I Mounting bracket
SECTION A-A DETAIL A DETAIL B Typ DETAIL OF GRATING AND BOLT—ON SUPPORT [-76-1
PLAN SECTION B-B
NOTES:
1 All hinge brackets and mounting brackets
shall be welded all around to support angle. MH Diameter No of Grates a b c d e f g
A All aluminum in contact with concrete shall be 1200 2 900 850 850 225 352 65 10
thoroughly coated with asphalt paint. 1500 2 1128 1078 1078 311 419 65 12
B Maintenance hole depth between 5.0m and 1800 3 1344 1293 1293 308 360 65 12
10.0m, grate shall be placed at midpoint. 2400 4 1774 1724 1724 401 360 65 12
Maintenance hole depth between 10.0m
and 15.0m, grates shall be placed at third—points.
C All fasteners shall be 304 stainless steel.
D All welding shall be according to ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2013 I Rev I 3
CSA W47.2 and W59.2. _715. %\
E All aluminum components shall be ALUMINUM SAFETY PLATFORM `
6000 series structural aluminum. vS
F All dimensions are in millimetres FOR CIRCULAR xT)�
unless otherwise shown. MAINTENANCE HOLES OPSD 404.020
1
e
131.1 300mm
ff_ e
Note 1
•e
O
b..
v• Granular 111Tapered top bedding
See alternative C ' '-"I SUMP DETAIL
a
a
4P t. ALTERNATIVES
I
-I . . Bottom riser section with
01200 : inlet and outlet openings to suit
"-1
Riser sections
as required '•—
-t! .• i
Bench or 01200 I
e• sump as -
specified Q
J� L p.
li
Monolithic base with inlet ''•' °• I
and outlet openings to suit • --i___ Typ mm •max L_—.,a
See alternatives A and B a L�____ J
Granular
Bench or sump . ,'�..,, : `a . bedding I
as specified "' at. .-..so.- ' . .•. :` `
1'''" - A PRECAST SLAB BASE
300mm, Typ--1 — ••o •'• • "e e•
Granular bedding t y:• . . • =_
Riser 01200 1
section 150
i IT 150
'
300
NOTES: limp275
2EA1 The sump is measured from the lowest invert. Bench or Q
sump as I A Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum specified 300
thickness of 300mm all around the r- -,1-,,-:=-.;:.;:s:••. ; ::-.;71maintenance hole. L..�L...- ._
Steel reinforcement Granular
B Precast concrete components shall be according as specified bedding I
to OPSD 701.030, 701.031, or 701.032. B CAST—IN—PLACE BASE
C Structure exceeding 5.0m in depth shall include
I
safety platform according to OPSD 404.020.
D Pipe support according to OPSD 708.020. Flat cap
E For benching and pipe opening details, Riser �mm
see OPSD 701.021. section I
F For adjustment unit and frame installation, 01200
see OPSD 704.010.
G All dimensions are nominal. I
H All dimensions are in millimetres
unless otherwise shown. C PRECAST FLAT CAP
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev I 5 to sr I
PRECAST CONCRETE tV7)'
MAINTENANCE HOLE ,,,,,L_.., '
1200mm DIAMETER OPSD 701 .010
I
1
I
L......._
I .
1 1. Right angle bend 2. Tee connection 3. Three way junction
1
I
4. Four way junction 5. Straight through 6. Dead end
4H:1V
8H:1 V max
trill,
• ••
1 e: •;•'i• F.•.:' � D max
,.. �. . ,•v .. . D/2 min
. 9-1_5mnm
•
1 7. Wye connection 8. 45° bend Section
MAXIMUM SIZE HOLE IN THE WALL IN PRECAST RISER SECTIONS
I
Maintenance No.7
No. 1-4 No. 5 and 6 No. 8
Hole Diameter Inlet Hole Outlet Hole
1200 700 860 780 700 860
1500 860 1220 960 860 1170
I1800 1220 1485 1220 1220 1485
2400 1485 2020 1760 1485 2020
3000 1930 2450 2300 1930 2450
I 3600 2470 3085 2730 2470 3085
NOTES:
Ii Slopes shall be maintained from the outlet hole opening for top of benching.
A Concrete for benching shall be 30MPa.
B When benching is hand—finshed, it shall be given wood float finish, channel shall be given steel trowel finish.
C Benching slope and height shall be as specified.
D When specified, maintenance holes that are 1200mm in diameter with a uniform channel for 200 or 250mm pipe
may be prebenched at the manufacturer with standardized benching slope and channel orientation.
E All dimensions are nominal.
F All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWINGI i
Nov 2014 I Rev 14 ,,� N
MAINTENANCE HOLE BENCHING ,�,�
AND PIPE OPENING ALTERNATIVES OPSD 701 .021
I
Pavement Curb with _ Pavement Curb with
gutter 1 gutter 1 Grate reference elevation
�'-1 + 1-1 Frame to be Typ
?i—�—2T; ;?il—f—4n set in a full Standard frame rr--+--n
ci u—I—_1 450mm cls— —_ice // mortar bed with grate _—i—_t
p��p maximum to pimp Typ Typ i10--1i l
Ell MIMEO 112 first step Ell MN=III Ell minumn 0=per
Ill 11111
—_�ICI Note 1 p �iii�� Adjustment units:
minimum of one
IMO% maximum of three
Typ
300mm
Typ First adjustment unit
—T to be set full
mortar bed, Typ
SECTION THROUGH SECTION THROUGH SECTION THROUGH
TAPER TOP FLAT CAP CATCH BASIN
Reinforce each adjustment unit with a minimum of 1 wire
with an end area of at least 15mm2.
Lap wire 150mm or butt weld.
Maintenance hole step Note 2, Typ — Round or square
Note 1 frame with grate or cover
Adjustment units for I
maintenance holes — Adjustment units
with round openings. r Note 3 for catch basins
Available in sections .t^ L with square.
or continuous units. — — 7— -- openings.
Use butyl tape r Note 3 J Available in
between units. sections or
continuous units.
Use butyl tape
CID CD between units.
Taper top 1.11111° Flat cap
Riser section %TO Catch basin
NOTES:
1 If first step is in an adjustment unit,
the adjustment unit shall be of the A Adjustment units shall not extend beyond the outside edge of the structure.
type manufactured with a step in place. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown.
2 Centre reinforcing in adjustment ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 J Rev I 3srgy0
unit ±10mm.
i+�
3 Round and square adjustment units PRECAST CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT UNITS .,0-04,
are available in sizes of 50, 75, w Ca
100, 150, and 300mm. FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES, CATCH BASINS,
AND VALVE CHAMBERS OPSD 704.010
EN — GM — S — En lm um um um le lm um um am um —
IIIII N N MN IIIIIII i IIIIII1 N M On all N IIIIIII MN N I N OM MI
E
E •4
o 1 �
o -. C_
{_ I
+re) 1 I E
0 • •,.. E•
• 1: E
300mm min--{ -•
r �.?..p.:,..„..*_ to
I I ti5 •
Flexible joint shall be ::w :? p:, ••� :`:
placed within 300mm :,.;,e.;:. ;; t>;r,;•;
of wall of structure ; i, _ _ \_: _ !`
'q SECTION A—A For installation of these connectors
refer to manufacturer's instructions.
I 300mm min I-- A full length of pipe may be used
•II ::.:: i, in conjunction with a flexible
:�is•:;� ��;;:����'•:�.;;�
'• watertight connector.
Granular backfill Granular backfill �'"' Catch basin or
MeaggiffiliaiN 'l•-:!;':. maintenance hole
,rr:
Granular bedding
A I i' •,.a. A
Concrete cradle
300mm min •*. ••••. ••. •
Note 1 ENEXIMMINI
Granular bedding
ELEVATION ELEVATION
FLEXIBLE JOINT CONCRETE CRADLE FLEXIBLE, WATERTIGHT CONNECTOR
RIGID AND FLEXIBLE PIPE RIGID PIPE RIGID AND FLEXIBLE PIPE
NOTES: ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2016 Rev 14 4c,0sem`
1 Pipe shall be supported with
concrete or unshrinkable fill to SUPPORT FOR PIPE Ly41 1 t
the first pipe joint.\
A All dimensions are in millimetres
AT CATCH BASIN . -
unless otherwise shown. OR MAINTENANCE HOLE OPSD 708.020
PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN SUPPORTED
EXCAVATION Finished surface
EXCAVATION 7 Finished surface EXCAVATION
Note 4, Typ Subgrade
0.50
\ --- ----- ----N,1/4
=1_ Permanent \
qi
or temporary 'i.-:'. 7-:7--:',"- :-f'.:::- --;f:-:- '7,•: .-.7,'--.:7%.---. %- :s•;,-. :.'t-;,--•-:':.--...?:i 1-";;;.:-:•:-..7,
1---
15 _ support system— :•,•:-',.-..f-•:;.:7-:;•:2:;:f.,
-:•;;A:::?:,::::•;:-,1-i---- ,--tAi 1 N
-
Q) Backfill material 1 :
.: .•:.''• ':' •• •: '
.5 0 :..::•.:-: .. 1 ' :.•, :,•' •".!:•• . For pipe culvert frost treatment 1 -:''• .?,, ,•". ; 1.5 . . .• ' • . . • . ' ' •
m z Clearance
-••360mm min:•;' - ••• . :-:. Note 3 See table, Typ
1 g.' ` • •::Typ
..- • 1 . • ... • •• •
. • • ,.• ....
. : .. . ...•
• •- •
•• • •
• •. ••
_...7 ... . D
c
• • • • •
? \ •:•. . t..... . .\' . .: :.:...: . 300mm min
• • • '•
a) \.,: ••: 1''..•: • g g . ...-
•• • . . ... .
t \ : ...: . , •: . 0 E
w 150 • ..... , •1 TYPE 1 OR 2 TYPE 3e.. :.:•• \.: 1111 • • . • ••
mm . • •
min, Typ- \:f:. ::. . . SOIL SOIL 0.50
0.50
Bedding grade Note 2
0.50
Note 2 PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED
EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface
LEGEND:
-r 0.50 Subgrade
D - Inside diameter
\,7.4:--- •,-. •••1 -.::.;:r. ----.:-,...?.1,-,:--::-;,:; -,---...-z-:,-.-:- ' ,,f,.:--.,...,
NOTES:
'•. •.: • .
•
1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. \ :• .. • - 1.5 •_'",--7:•:Z";.•-._;::-1,-c'•:7;
\\• ..:; • • ---- `•' 3
2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom \,. •• o :;•::.•-• r-
\ Backfill material
of the pipe.
\ •.; .. For pipe culvert frost
3 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 '• .:•• • 111 treatment, Note 3
and 803.031.
1 Bedding grade CLEARANCE TABLE
4 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe.
0.50 Pipe
A Granular material placed in the haunch area shall be compacted TYPE 4 Inside Diameter Clearance
2,5__Rd mm
prior to placing and compacting the remainder of the embedment Note 2 SOIL mm
material. 900 or less 300
B Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations Over 900 500
for Construction Projects.
C All dimensions are in metres ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev I
unless otherwise shown.
FLEXIBLE PIPE ky-92
t s J
EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL •k.
EARTH EXCAVATION • 13 , ; e . 1 0
I
Ily
V
semi ,
r nt os 1—0. �&
1Yd
tee 00
1
tollic
T ' , luting iii•
e
1 '0- Typrmite
, Noteweld )►,
1 Fitt oil. 3 oterm )1
kn9 tee
I*I
1
4.-
1 I 5
I 1109.02 VCIV6
I OPS -�� giv. e, TyP
Note
2 ,� X11,
I to 4.4
. 1-3p�
I
���
rIA TSP ��� So
fittln9 ►ng ti� 10e '
IFAX tee restroln
toll,c ® *OP
l�estOP
I GU° °St
and P jp' c sere clomp roti°° 5toP
INiet011' Ground G°rP°
I
I
NOTES:
1 Anode shall be placed at least 1.0m away from the water system pipe and appurtenances
and as deep as the bottom of the pipe and appurtenances. Minimum distance between anodes
I
shall be 1.0m.
2 Anode connecting wire shall be loosely wrapped around pipes and fittings and knotted.
3 Protective coating shall be applied to all thermite welds.
I
ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev 1 2 /,�\
1
CATHODIC PROTECTION FOR �,
I PVC �L-
WATERMAIN SYSTEMS OPSD 1109.011
I
1.0m 0.5m
1
TEMPORARY RAMPING PLACED
WHEN BASE COURSE ONLY IN EXISTING
ASPHALT CONTRACT ASPHALT
BASE COURSE ASPHALT REMOVE EXISTING ASPHALT
TO DEPTH OF SURFACE COURSE
PRIOR TO PAVING SURFACE
REMOVE RAMPING TEMPORARY
PRIOR TO PLACING PAPER
SURFACE COURSE JOINT
MATERIAL
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2004
4f1)
BNIROSSSCALE:N.T.S.
Asphalt Joint Detail for
engineering better communities Transverse Joints DRAWING No. 208
— — — — — — — — — Mil — — — MI 8S
NB MI s NM NM EN E M all r 1 H In MO EN N — M
FINISHED GRADE
memorif /.uummi
---50mm DIA
PLUG
La_
w
0
w
vV) UPPER VALVE
to SERVICE BOX BOX EXTENSION
AS PER CONTRACT
SPECIFICATIONS
50mm DIA. PIPE
COPPER, LENGTH
RESTRAINT DEVICE TO SUIT
unnnunnniunnuunnum'mnnnnnn ` CURB STOP –
d�.9
■
WATERMAIN Z 1111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 90 ELBOW
MAIN STOP BEDDING AS SPECIFIED
nuunnunnnnnnuninnuuununnnui ; • '
\__cAP TAPPED '///////
AP
50mm DIA. CONCRETE SUPPORT
200x200x1 00mm
I--- LENGTH AS PER —I
MANUFACTURERES SPECIFICATIONS
BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-March 2005
BMROSS SOmm Blow Off Installation SCALE:N.T.S.
engineering better c/w Restralned MJ End Cap
9 g communitiesDRAWING No. 1106
EX DUCTILE IRON ORI I COPPER WATER SERVICE —�- HYDRANT
CAST IRON WATERMAIN NO TRACER WIRE REQUIRED I
BOTH TRACER
WIRES TO HAVE i 1 NEW HYDRANT LEAD
1 m SLACK
ABOVE GRADE
1 1
I I TEE
III CONNECTION ` 1 1
III OF NEW PVC l VALVE
III WM OR CO EX WM DI SERVICE CHAMBER I I EX. TRACER WIRE
SADDLES
1
C - -- — --- - D -1 j
L_ _1� i
-
TEE VALVE BOX
EX DUCTILE IRON OR CONNECTION RACER WIRE _ EX PVC
CAST IRON WATERMAIN 1 SHALL NOT BE OR PVCO
OF NEW PLACED BETWEEN 1 BOTH TRACER WIRES TO WM
PVC WM I SERVICE SADDLEHAVE 400mm SLACK
TO NEW I AND WM I ABOVE GRADE AT VALVE
EX. TRACER WIRE PVC DEAD I I BOX
END WM I NEW PEX OR POLY
I WATER SERVICE
I I
I I
,END CAP PROPERTY LINE
EX PVC OR PVCO WM I I LEGEND
0 III — TRACER WIRE
j
2m OF SLACK
NOTES: BEYOND END III THERMITE WELD
CAP
1. TRACER WIRE MUST BE INSTALLED I I EX COPPER WS • DIELECTRIC, SILICON
FILLED, DIRECT BURY,
ALONG THE TOP OF THE WATERMAIN AND
STRAPPED TO IT AT 5.0m (16') INTERVALS. Ld LOCKABLE WIRE
2. EXCEPT FOR APPROVED SPLICED 2.7 Kg ZINC CONNECTORS
CONNECTIONS, THE TRACER WIRE SHALL BE ANODE AT SAME I WATERMAIN
CONTINUOUS. ELEVATION AS WM CONNECTION POINT
3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT THE
TRACER WIRE TESTING BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2017
�`a` ��O SCALE: N.T.S.
Watermain Tracer Wire
\, ��� engineering better communities Installatlon Procedure
DRAWING No. 1114
— N N — M — — all r — I = r M■■ N I a = M
� APPENDIX A
1 GEOTECHNICAL BOREHOLE
INFORMATION
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
NM r Mil NM i In — UM Ea N V M — E NM — — — V
0 1 2 3 4 5 10 cm
01180\1 PROJECTS120181B•0018857 RUSSEL STREET,KINCAROINEIZ4 CAD16-0018857-1_BOREHOLE LOCATION PLAN.OWG IJ I i 11 illi] III _I I
/ \
I I VICTORIA I I STREET 31 I I 5 I WILLIAM I I ST. I S� I g
_ gY a
3
im
JAMES ST.
i --
1.1
JAMES STREET 40\,,,i.,,,,,...„...-•
N I\
f�. ITHER \.. 1,4H�'\'
LANE
g
CH LES IIVU
McGAW DR. PARK I STREET WAL 'S
)
CIRCLE I
ea
KENNARD CRESCENT MILL STREET !
C/ I 1
MACYOUNG DRIVE I
VVi I
MACKENDRICK DRIVE
gr
Y
SCOTT STREET BHB STREET
197.8 � 1
���,;�' r9
PALMATEERBHIU:a�I-18 WALSH ST. ,!� Sr t
/ / -- HAMLIN STREET / E
/ " m I / A� r
1�9,�8.5 K McPHERSON CRSS, / rt.
BH-03-18 sri i
IM
,Z�
H
r
a r 20;+(3.3
d ILI? I MLPHERSON CRSS.
BH-04-18 I
HUNTER ST. l
41
203.8
°2
-1 rBH-05-18 -11 II \
205.2
LEGEND:
BH-01-18 Project
4- BOREHOLE LOCATION EflglObe (=ZED=
Englobe
197.6 GROUND SURFACE ELEVATION(m) 12-60 Meg Dove
London(Oaauio)N6E 3T6
Sanitary Trunk Sewer Telephone
519.685.0943
NOTES:
1-REFERENCES:COMPANY:B.M.Ross&Associates Prepared A.Btewart Discipline GEOTECHNICAL, Project manager
PROJECT:Project Number 17071/17094,PLAN:Borehole Russell Sheet,Kincardine,ON R.HelwIg
Location Plan,Drawing No.BH-1 ,DATE:Nov.1 2017. Tide Drawn astewart Scale N.T.B. Sequence no.
2-Ground surface elevations inferred from from profile Checked S.Burt Date 2018.0345 01 of 01
drawings received from client. Borehole Location Plan M.3-Drawing scale may be distorted due to file conversion dept. Project Disc. Dag no. Rev.
and/or copying.Measurements taken from the drawing must 160 B-0018857-1 GE 001 00
`e verified in the field.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
I
The abbreviations commonly employed on the borehole logs, on the figures, and in the text of the report, are as follows:
Sample Types Soil Tests and Properties I
AS Auger Sample SPT Standard Penetration Test
I
CS Chunk Sample UC Unconfined Compression
RC Rock Core FV Field Vane Test
SS Split Spoon 0 Angle of internal friction
TW Thinwall,Open y Unit weight
I
WS Wash Sample wP Plastic limit
BS Bulk Sample w Water content
GS Grab Sample w, Liquid limit
I
WC Water Content Sample IL Liquidity index
TP Thinwall, Piston lP Plasticity index
PP Pocket penetrometer
I
Penetration Resistances
Dynamic Penetration The number of blows by a 63.5 kg(140 lb.)hammer dropped 760 mm(30 in.)
Resistance required to drive a 50 mm(2 in.)diameter 60°cone a distance 300 mm (12 in.).
The cone is attached to'A'size drill rods and casing is not used.
Standard Penetration The number of blows by a 63.5 kg(140 lb.)hammer dropped 760 mm(30 in.) I
Resistance, N required to drive a standard split spoon sampler 300 mm(12 in.)
(ASTM D1586)
WH sampler advanced by static weight of hammer I
PH sampler advanced by hydraulic pressure
I
PM sampler advanced by manual pressure
Soil Description
Cohesionless Soils SPT N-Value Relative Density(Dr)
Compactness Condition (blows per 0.30 m) (%)
I
Very Loose Oto 4 Oto 20
Loose 4 to 10 20 to 40
Compact 10 to 30 40 to 60
I
Dense 30 to 50 60 to 80
Very Dense over 50 80 to 100
Cohesive Soils Undrained Shear Strength(Cu)
Consistency kPa psf
Very Soft less than 12 less than 250
Soft 12 to 25 250 to 500 '
Firm 25 to 50 500 to 1000
Stiff 50 to 100 1000 to 2000
Very Stiff 100 to 200 2000 to 4000
Hard over 200 over 4000 I
DTPL Drier than plastic limit
APL About plastic limit
WTPL Wetter than plastic limit
Ai
iEng1obe
I
I
E fg 10 b a CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS
I REF.NO.: B-0018857-1
12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax: 519-685-0943
LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 1 (Sheet 1 of 1)
CLIENT: B.M. Ross&Associates 01-18 DRILLING DATA: Diedrich D5OT
I PROJECT: Sanitary Trunk Sewer, Project 17071 METHOD: Hollow Stem Augers
LOCATION: Russell Street,Kincardine DIAMETER: 200mm
DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Mar 8,2018
SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blowsftt a J o
I J Cl K 2D 40 re 80 FV—,h LE Ca a•
m m O Z,W W W c Undrained Shear Strength kPa N F ~
> F. DESCRIPTION to 51- in a z ; ♦Field Vane Test *Compression Test f ~¢ O g
°fm dm 2 ch E . o a- Q 3-'
W E 0 E 'CO 0 z in 20 40 80 eD Z
197.6
I 0 115mm ASPHALT over
— 600mm Granular FILL. fre
4.+
197 I
q+i«;+
•c*.
- 1— ++4t' 1 ss 7 i - 19
Firm,greenish brown,silty clay FILL, .411
= lower topsoil seam. �*4 4.4
196— .41
tp1,p.t, 2 ss 9 18
I 2- l' /
Aefr
Stiff to very stiff,brown becoming grey 3 ss 23 13
195 near 3.8m depth,silty CLAY till. /0�/
3- 'PO
oil
- '42' 4 ss 24 r 15
%O f'
194— - WO/
(((
—
f.
4 04 r i
. -- -
�t�4. 5 ss 46 16
I End of Borehole.
Hole dry and open at completion_
I
I E
1m
0
CD
a
1 0I
F
4
a
I co
m
co0
4
m
Iw
0
a
0
m
U-
0
III 0 ._. _
0
Engiobe
CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 111
12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943
REF.NO.: B-0018857-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 2 (Sheet 1 of 1)
CLIENT: B.M. Ross&Associates 02-18 DRILLING DATA: Diedrich D5OT
PROJECT: Sanitary Trunk Sewer,Project 17071 METHOD: Hollow Stem Augers
I
LOCATION: Russell Street,Kincardine DIAMETER: 200mm
DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Mar 8,2018
SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/t
N = 0 Gia L 20 40 60 80 h F re Z O e
E m W m a s _ Undrained Shear Strength kPa Q t— CJ g
an d G a DESCRIPTION 2 O a 2 y Z •3 ♦Field Vane Test k Compression Test J Q Q
W E E H a y 1- m so ao so eo ° z
198.5
0
116mm ASPHALT over
- 500mm Granular FILL. ;IQt t
it
198— _. ,°•
1— *4 1 ss 14 15
sY,
9441
197 - Stiff to very stiff,brown becoming grey ,' f .
near 2.1m depth,silty CLAY till. ' %, 2 ss •22 14
2 t
J�,f'
196— 0 3 ss 25 11
,p . I
3—
0-0
— OAF 4 ss 25 11
9 � 111
195, � t�
4— {P
�
I
0 ` 5 ss 16 14
194—
End of Borehole.
Hole dry and open at completion.
I
I
m
N
r
o
ni
a
0.
c.
0
c
s
9
CO
J
111
0
i
I
CC
0
CO
LL
0
CO
0 III
IE f 1 0 b e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS
I 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943
REF.NO.: B-0018857 1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 3 (Sheet 1 of 1)
CLIENT: B.M.Ross&Associates 03-18 DRILLING DATA: Diedrich D5OT
I PROJECT: Sanitary Trunk Sewer, Project 17071 METHOD: Hollow Stem Augers
LOCATION: Russell Street,Kincardine DIAMETER: 200mm
DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Mar 8,2018
SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance 9lowslft
il r 20 40 60 80 —e Q D e.
I
ei W W �i Undrained Shear Strength kPa Q F H Q
w1... DESCRIPTION E 0 Q E >. ? o A Field Vane Test *Compression Test ii n Z i
E 0 E v) o'S Z pp 20 40 60 80
203.3
r � _�_
100mm ASPHALT over 4 1;$ `
203- 450mm Granular FILL. 0
•4�►�++�
I 419
1- 'Apdi 1 ss 18 15
0
I 202 O =- ---_
41,
_ - e
��rI/G, 2 ss 35 15
!lip e
2- Very stiff,brown becoming grey near '
I
_ 3.7m depth,silty CLAY till.
201- 'rr10
� .t 3 ss 29 13
� �
3= .
ro
200--. ::•,.44'4 4 ss 30 13
- �x
4- oil
I
/e0/ 5 ss 22 13
vt •�
199 Leif
log
6 ss 18 14
I - 5- f4
', ;
- 1198- l4,g
40
•Of
6- s
II -
197- are 7 ss 16 ...I. 16
End of Borehole.
co Hole dry and open at completion.
111 0
a
.
n
x'
a
a
I i
0
R
m
'II
s
a
0
m
u.
0
1 .9
119 Iib '
CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS
12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943
REF.NO.: B-0018857-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 4 (Sheet 1 of 1)
CLIENT: B.M.Ross&Associates DRILLING DATA: Diedrich D50T
PROJECT: Sanitary Trunk Sewer, Project 17071 d4��8 METHOD: Hollow Stem Augers
LOCATION: Russell Street,Kincardine DIAMETER: 200mm
I
DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Mar 8,2018
SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft
20 40 60 00 Q°
V in•a
> er « d Z W W W ; y Undrained Shear Strength kPa F- W ~
W m an d DESCRIPTION =O Q cc y Z 3 •♦FieId Vane Test*Compression Test a- Q a J!g
E 0 E > W?r i 1F- m 20 40 60 60 Z —_.-
203.8
0 75mm ASPHALT overII
4e4
525mm Granular FILL. 4I.,,e
e
4 4.4
203— - Atge
1-- 00 1 ss 22 14
P.�O•
.
'7 6 i
4
O 2 ss 29 17
202— Stiff to very stiff,brown becoming grey .ltd.
2-- near 2.9m depth,silty CLAY till "� /
#s.10•,de 3 ss 20 14
Jiff - I
201— •A
- 3— t
- {Ar, J
OE. 4 ss 12 i 18
_ 4gf
zoopOr
4— }14 5 ss 12 17
ad§j
00,
199- P j� 6 ss 21 * . . 16
'P 7 .________
;A
- - PP
y � i ..
198— 6— g 7 ss 9 20
j
End of Borehole.
I
Hole dry and open at completion,
co
0
0
C
01 I
o_
0.
m
m
w
O
I
w
c,
O
m
u.
O
, -- I
O
IE 'f : I lD e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS
12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943
IREF.NO.: B-0018857-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. Encl.No. 5 (Sheet 1 of 1)
CLIENT: B.M. Ross&Associates 0518 DRILLING DATA: Diedrich D50T
PROJECT: Sanitary Trunk Sewer, Project 17071 METHOD: Hollow Stem Augers
I
LOCATION: Russell Street,Kincardine DIAMETER: 200mm
DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: • Mar 8,2018
•Penetration Resistance Blows/ft
SUBSURFACE PROFILE
—_J--..-6—,
�,_ 20 40 60 80 ._ «ix ere.
Ig
fA O 2 W w Wer Undrained 5fiearStrengtit kPa ~ ~
m y m DESCRIPTION al 0 Q g a• Z Q A Field Vane Test *Compression Test a Q Q
to E o g N Z m 20 40 6,0 80 z
I 205.2
0
205— 300mm TOPSOIL. >`
•
1140,1
t 0
1- � 1 ss 18 - 14
204y
':; #
Pri 2 ss 26 14
Stiff to very stiff,brown becoming grey 'd '1
I 2— near 3.7m depth,silty CLAY till. `f 1
203— g4
I,-. :-e
14Y 3 ss 82' 13
'6
3 . el
jE��I'Y
P
202 ,_ r , 4 ss 21 14
- 4— ,40, 5 ss 11 17
III 201— P/!�
i
X10
4'00 6 ss I12 16
200—- 5— olo
®•O
0 7 ss 26 17
- 6—
199— P 64
r.0>y
ir0
ol
_ _ 0
co .
198— 7 +- ;0 8 ss 18 16
0
o End of Borehole.
al
Hole dry and open at completion.
at
a
Co
I
4
m
w
I0
w
o:
m
LL
0
o
3
US,SIEVE OPENING IN INCHES U.S.STANDARD SIEVE NUMBERS HYDROMETER
1Y in, Sin. 318 in. #140
Ulm 3 in. 2 felt 1 in. %:n. I I 9 #30 , #60. #1p0 # Q0
100 I k IL'F
\ \ -�_. 1 _... Granular lir,Ives.3..OPSS Form 1010�.Rev..04/2013_
o W
Ct.
N
a)
60
I
c -6u3iii N 48 L-\ Y 0
21 � � i
O .. N z 50 d s \� R.
2NCU i V
>, 0_ Cd 40 - �` • `�
O CO , a
{
8 ' i
'c 0 it
w p to \ 1 .
.) a) C 10 i l \
L 10 If 4.
I
a) �E ° 100 10 i 0.1 0.01 0.001
aece vr
= N O GRAIN.SIZE-mm.
> tea) C %+3„ %Gravel %Sand %Fines
.c u, � Coarse Fine Coarse Medium Fine Silt ( Clay
V Q cp
a) E +t$ Location Source Sample# Depth/Elev. Sample Information
s NCD
0 Boreholes 01-18 &02-18 Grab SAND and GRAVEL,trace silt.
o ) 0 Borehole 04 7 5.8m/ 198.0' SILT and CLAY,trace sand. (
N Si
= 0
a
a 2 Project No. B-0018857 Client B.M.Ross&Associates Limited Figure 1 E n G to be
a, m 0 Grain Size Analysis
a aaic
1- New Sanitary Trunk Sewer, Project 17071, Russell Street, Kincardine London, Ontario
Nom elm TeByOillicBilill IMM_11111_ Coed 11111waiwv_ moil sole 1111 Isis sow Nis